US20210087612A1 - Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications - Google Patents
Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210087612A1 US20210087612A1 US16/887,497 US202016887497A US2021087612A1 US 20210087612 A1 US20210087612 A1 US 20210087612A1 US 202016887497 A US202016887497 A US 202016887497A US 2021087612 A1 US2021087612 A1 US 2021087612A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- templated assembly
- close
- oligonucleotides
- library
- reactants
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 85
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 322
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 191
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 186
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 175
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 92
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 97
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 42
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- ZUYRZVQAOUOSQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phosphaniumylphenolate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1P ZUYRZVQAOUOSQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- SSXBCKJVBBCELM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphanylmethanethiol Chemical compound PCS SSXBCKJVBBCELM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000003428 Staudinger Azide reduction reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003436 cytoskeletal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 140
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 131
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 109
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 77
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 67
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 63
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 49
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 41
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 40
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 36
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 36
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 35
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 34
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 30
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 30
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 28
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 28
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 27
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 26
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 22
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000012650 click reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000004353 Polyethylene glycol 8000 Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229940085678 polyethylene glycol 8000 Drugs 0.000 description 19
- 235000019446 polyethylene glycol 8000 Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229920002594 Polyethylene Glycol 8000 Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 17
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical compound P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 16
- VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu+ Chemical compound [Cu+] VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 15
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 13
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 238000007847 digital PCR Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- -1 morpholino nucleic acid Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 11
- WEVYNIUIFUYDGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[6-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)anilino]-4-pyrimidinyl]benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=CC(OC(F)(F)F)=CC=3)C=2)=C1 WEVYNIUIFUYDGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000007260 Deoxyribonuclease I Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108010008532 Deoxyribonuclease I Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 9
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 9
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000003161 ribonuclease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 0 *N1C=C([1*])N=N1 Chemical compound *N1C=C([1*])N=N1 0.000 description 7
- VAKXPQHQQNOUEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-[[bis[[1-(3-hydroxypropyl)triazol-4-yl]methyl]amino]methyl]triazol-1-yl]propan-1-ol Chemical compound N1=NN(CCCO)C=C1CN(CC=1N=NN(CCCO)C=1)CC1=CN(CCCO)N=N1 VAKXPQHQQNOUEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101001067184 Homo sapiens Plexin-A3 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctyne Chemical compound C1CCCC#CCC1 ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 6
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- XNYADQAHHJHQJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyren-1-ylpyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C=2C3=CC=C4C=CC=C5C=CC(C3=C54)=CC=2)=C1 XNYADQAHHJHQJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102100034386 Plexin-A3 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002869 basic local alignment search tool Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 5
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 125000005581 pyrene group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012130 whole-cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 101100247663 Arabidopsis thaliana TFIIS gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100026008 Breakpoint cluster region protein Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 4
- 101000823316 Homo sapiens Tyrosine-protein kinase ABL1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100022596 Tyrosine-protein kinase ABL1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-ZXZARUISSA-N dithioerythritol Chemical compound SC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007481 next generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 4
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- NGYHUCPPLJOZIX-XLPZGREQSA-N 5-methyl-dCTP Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NGYHUCPPLJOZIX-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010022366 Carcinoembryonic Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100025475 Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 5 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000709704 Human poliovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000709727 Human poliovirus 3 Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000003559 RNA-seq method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003800 Staudinger reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- RZCIEJXAILMSQK-JXOAFFINSA-N TTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 RZCIEJXAILMSQK-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100247662 Ustilago maydis RDO1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 3
- UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium acetate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 239000011654 magnesium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011285 magnesium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940069446 magnesium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001012 protector Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 3
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OCC(N)(CO)CO PIEPQKCYPFFYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000598436 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001502974 Human gammaherpesvirus 8 Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100028389 Melanoma antigen recognized by T-cells 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000579048 Merkel cell polyomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010081734 Ribonucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004389 Ribonucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=N1 DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007984 Tris EDTA buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940072107 ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007846 asymmetric PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007435 diagnostic evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003505 heat denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007852 inverse PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- RPGWZZNNEUHDAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylphosphine Chemical class PC1=CC=CC=C1 RPGWZZNNEUHDAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003196 serial analysis of gene expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010051423 streptavidin-agarose Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002626 targeted therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUTOLBMXDDTRRT-JGVFFNPUSA-N (4R,5S)-dethiobiotin Chemical compound C[C@@H]1NC(=O)N[C@@H]1CCCCCC(O)=O AUTOLBMXDDTRRT-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000177 1,2,3-triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)-n,n-bis[(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)methyl]methanamine Chemical compound C=1N(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)N=NC=1CN(CC=1N=NN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C=1)CC(N=N1)=CN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGONTNSXDCQUGY-RRKCRQDMSA-N 2'-deoxyinosine Chemical class C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(N=CNC2=O)=C2N=C1 VGONTNSXDCQUGY-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGQYHUDOWOGSQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[[bis[(1-tert-butyltriazol-4-yl)methyl]amino]methyl]triazol-1-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound N1=NN(C(C)(C)C)C=C1CN(CC=1N=NN(C=1)C(C)(C)C)CC1=CN(CC(O)=O)N=N1 MGQYHUDOWOGSQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZAEFNUJIMGOKEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azidocyclooctyne Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=NC1CCCCCC#C1 ZAEFNUJIMGOKEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRFHOSKLVQHTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyren-4-ylpyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34)C1=CC(=O)NC1=O HRFHOSKLVQHTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUCHPKXVUGJYGU-XLPZGREQSA-N 5-methyl-2'-deoxycytidine Chemical group O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 LUCHPKXVUGJYGU-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710083129 50S ribosomal protein L10, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710114762 50S ribosomal protein L11, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710082414 50S ribosomal protein L12, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710164994 50S ribosomal protein L13, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710177347 50S ribosomal protein L15, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710125690 50S ribosomal protein L17, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YKCNBNDWSATCJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene Chemical compound C1=CC2C=CC1O2 YKCNBNDWSATCJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical class O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000872 ATM Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100034540 Adenomatous polyposis coli protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033805 Alpha-protein kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010002198 Anaphylactic reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010004586 Ataxia Telangiectasia Mutated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036365 BRCA1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700040618 BRCA1 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700020462 BRCA2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000052609 BRCA2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700010154 BRCA2 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100021663 Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150008921 Brca2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WMEZDVILBKIODK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(C)(C)(C)N1N=NC(=C1)CN(CC=1N=NN(C=1)C(C)(C)C)CC=1N=NN(C=1)CCCS(=O)(=O)O Chemical compound C(C)(C)(C)N1N=NC(=C1)CN(CC=1N=NN(C=1)C(C)(C)C)CC=1N=NN(C=1)CCCS(=O)(=O)O WMEZDVILBKIODK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFIPDVJCSIYAAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC)C(P(=O)(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1 Chemical compound C.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)NC)C(P(=O)(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1 UFIPDVJCSIYAAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQICTDMOYRXYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1#CCCCCCC1.CC Chemical compound C1#CCCCCCC1.CC ZQICTDMOYRXYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJYPJDQMAZMIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)SCP(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(C)C.CCN(C)C Chemical compound CC(=O)SCP(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(C)C.CCN(C)C IEJYPJDQMAZMIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHJURGSCVPEDCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC.CN1N=NC2=C1CCCCCC2 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC.CN1N=NC2=C1CCCCCC2 XHJURGSCVPEDCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPZDBPMOBAMUCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CN1N=NC2=C1CCCCCC2 Chemical compound CC.CC.CN1N=NC2=C1CCCCCC2 RPZDBPMOBAMUCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYHMZXVVBMREBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(C)C.CCN(C)C.SCP(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCN(C)C.CCN(C)C.SCP(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OYHMZXVVBMREBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091007914 CDKs Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XSLDCLBWMMUEGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CNC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C(P(C2=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C2)C2=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CNC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C(P(C2=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C2)C2=CC=C(CN(C)C)C=C2)=C1 XSLDCLBWMMUEGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJSNHTAXBRWNGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)ON2C(=O)CCC2=O)C=C1P(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)ON2C(=O)CCC2=O)C=C1P(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XJSNHTAXBRWNGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010058546 Cyclin D1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024986 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025464 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010009392 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor p16 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010016788 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor p21 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010016777 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor p27 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000577 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitor p27 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036239 Cyclin-dependent kinase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100035353 Cyclin-dependent kinase 2-associated protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036252 Cyclin-dependent kinase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033270 Cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003903 Cyclin-dependent kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000266 Cyclin-dependent kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N D-thyroxine Chemical compound IC1=CC(C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100239628 Danio rerio myca gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050002772 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100024165 G1/S-specific cyclin-D1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029974 GTPase HRas Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100030708 GTPase KRas Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039788 GTPase NRas Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000924577 Homo sapiens Adenomatous polyposis coli protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000779568 Homo sapiens Alpha-protein kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000737813 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase 2-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000584633 Homo sapiens GTPase HRas Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000584612 Homo sapiens GTPase KRas Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000744505 Homo sapiens GTPase NRas Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000598002 Homo sapiens Interferon regulatory factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000578784 Homo sapiens Melanoma antigen recognized by T-cells 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001030211 Homo sapiens Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000615538 Homo sapiens Nuclear protein MDM1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001126417 Homo sapiens Platelet-derived growth factor receptor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001109588 Homo sapiens Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase NOL9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000742859 Homo sapiens Retinoblastoma-associated protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000984753 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000664600 Homo sapiens Tripartite motif-containing protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000614277 Homo sapiens Ubiquitin thioesterase OTUB1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851018 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006736 Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100039726 Immunoglobulin epsilon heavy chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710202749 Immunoglobulin epsilon heavy chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100023915 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037850 Interferon gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036981 Interferon regulatory factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013691 Interleukin-17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034069 MAP kinase-activated protein kinase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041955 MAP-kinase-activated kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010995 MART-1 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150039798 MYC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000686985 Mouse mammary tumor virus (strain C3H) Protein PR73 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010029719 Nonspecific reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021278 Nuclear protein MDM1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010061100 Nucleoproteins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000011931 Nucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XCEBOJWFQSQZKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(CCC(=O)N1CC2=C(C#CC3=CC=CC=C31)C=CC=C2)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O Chemical compound O=C(CCC(=O)N1CC2=C(C#CC3=CC=CC=C31)C=CC=C2)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O XCEBOJWFQSQZKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOUMSONPNRUDHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(CCC(ON(C(CC1)=O)C1=O)=O)N(C1)c(cccc2)c2C=Cc2c1cccc2 Chemical compound O=C(CCC(ON(C(CC1)=O)C1=O)=O)N(C1)c(cccc2)c2C=Cc2c1cccc2 UOUMSONPNRUDHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091092740 Organellar DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010222 PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010011536 PTEN Phosphohydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014160 PTEN Phosphohydrolase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010051742 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor beta Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030485 Platelet-derived growth factor receptor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100026547 Platelet-derived growth factor receptor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040990 Platelet-derived growth factor subunit B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022739 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase NOL9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010076181 Proinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010072866 Prostate-Specific Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007066 Prostate-Specific Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019674 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-sis Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002342 Retinoblastoma-Like Protein p107 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000582 Retinoblastoma-Like Protein p107 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010003494 Retinoblastoma-Like Protein p130 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004642 Retinoblastoma-Like Protein p130 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038042 Retinoblastoma-associated protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039643 Rho-related GTP-binding protein Rho6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710199571 Rho-related GTP-binding protein Rho6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039640 Rho-related GTP-binding protein RhoE Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050007494 Rho-related GTP-binding protein RhoE Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039642 Rho-related GTP-binding protein RhoN Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050007497 Rho-related GTP-binding protein RhoN Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003661 Ribonuclease III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057163 Ribonuclease III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710141795 Ribonuclease inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122208 Ribonuclease inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100037968 Ribonuclease inhibitor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039832 Ribonuclease pancreatic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710123428 Ribonuclease pancreatic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027103 Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004688 Small Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039471 Small Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NWGKJDSIEKMTRX-AAZCQSIUSA-N Sorbitan monooleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O NWGKJDSIEKMTRX-AAZCQSIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001075055 Spinacia oleracea 50S ribosomal protein L19, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005741 Steglich esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010002687 Survivin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000662 T-lymphocyte subset Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100038798 Tripartite motif-containing protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010091356 Tumor Protein p73 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700025716 Tumor Suppressor Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044209 Tumor Suppressor Genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000015098 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078814 Tumor Suppressor Protein p53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027881 Tumor protein 63 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710140697 Tumor protein 63 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030018 Tumor protein p73 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033254 Tumor suppressor ARF Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040461 Ubiquitin thioesterase OTUB1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053099 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053100 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033178 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033177 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033179 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047642 Vitiligo Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000040856 WT1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020467 WT1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150084041 WT1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100459258 Xenopus laevis myc-a gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005006 adaptive immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000013529 alpha-Fetoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026331 alpha-Fetoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036783 anaphylactic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003455 anaphylaxis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002787 antisense oligonuctleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006472 autoimmune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007622 bioinformatic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- URYYVOIYTNXXBN-UPHRSURJSA-N cyclooctene Chemical compound C1CCC\C=C/CC1 URYYVOIYTNXXBN-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004913 cyclooctene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000824 cytostatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001904 diabetogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010002082 endometriosis protein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005713 exacerbation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001036 exonucleolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007672 fourth generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical class O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003547 immunosorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001024 immunotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005007 innate immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002527 isonitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006148 magnetic separator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000264288 mixed libraries Species 0.000 description 1
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQDFHQJTAWCFIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methylidenehydroxylamine Chemical compound ON=C SQDFHQJTAWCFIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007857 nested PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007826 nucleic acid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009595 pap smear Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BWCCVIRGUMYIHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphane;azide Chemical compound P.[N-]=[N+]=[N-] BWCCVIRGUMYIHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLQOTPOBMXWKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinothious acid Chemical compound SP QLQOTPOBMXWKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical group [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005642 phosphothioate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N pseudouridine Chemical class O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N purine Chemical compound N1=C[N]C2=NC=NC2=C1 IGFXRKMLLMBKSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012175 pyrosequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- DGZUEIPKRRSMGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quadricyclane Chemical compound C1C2C3C2C2C3C12 DGZUEIPKRRSMGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016914 ras Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014186 ras Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000002020 sage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009919 sequestration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700026239 src Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011410 subtraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000617 superantigen Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006557 surface reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940034208 thyroxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thyroxine-binding globulin Natural products IC1=CC(CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URYYVOIYTNXXBN-OWOJBTEDSA-N trans-cyclooctene Chemical compound C1CCC\C=C\CC1 URYYVOIYTNXXBN-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012070 whole genome sequencing analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
- C12Q1/6816—Hybridisation assays characterised by the detection means
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1093—General methods of preparing gene libraries, not provided for in other subgroups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2533/00—Reactions characterised by the enzymatic reaction principle used
- C12Q2533/10—Reactions characterised by the enzymatic reaction principle used the purpose being to increase the length of an oligonucleotide strand
- C12Q2533/107—Probe or oligonucleotide ligation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2563/00—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
- C12Q2563/107—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties fluorescence
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B20/00—Methods specially adapted for identifying library members
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
Definitions
- the present disclosure provides for the identification, enrichment, and evaluation of templated assembly targets.
- a goal of drug development is delivering potent bio-therapeutic interventions that are specific for pathogenic cells, such as virus infected cells, neoplastic cells, cells producing an autoimmune response, and other dysregulated or dysfunctional cells without risk of toxicity to adjacent normal cells or the overall health of the patient.
- pathogenic cells such as virus infected cells, neoplastic cells, cells producing an autoimmune response, and other dysregulated or dysfunctional cells
- a method that has emerged to allow delivery of potent interventions to pathogenic cells while mitigating toxicity to normal cells is targeting therapeutics against molecular markers specific for pathogenic cells.
- Targeted therapeutics have shown extraordinary clinical results in restricted cases, but are currently limited in their applicability due to a lack of accessible markers for targeted therapy. It is extremely difficult, and often impossible, to discover protein markers for many pathogenic cell types.
- nucleic acid-targeted therapies such as siRNA
- siRNA are able to down-modulate expression of potentially dangerous genes, but do not deliver potent cytotoxic or cytostatic interventions and thus are not particularly efficient at eliminating the dangerous cells themselves.
- the present disclosure is directed to methods and kits for identifying, enriching, and evaluating templated assembly targets.
- Some embodiments are directed to methods for identifying templated assembly targets including synthesizing a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants, wherein the first and second populations of templated assembly reactants comprise oligonucleotide sequences; hybridizing both populations of templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids; performing a templated assembly reaction, wherein the hybridized first population of templated assembly reactants and the hybridized second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants undergo templated assembly; and identifying the target nucleic acids that hybridized to either the first or second population of templated assembly reactants that underwent templated assembly, wherein the hybridized target nucleic acids are the templated assembly targets.
- synthesizing the first and second population of templated assembly reactants can include synthesizing random or gene-specific oligonucleotides sequences of about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long or about 7 to about 30 nucleotides long.
- the templated assembly reactants can also include nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or nuclease-resistant sugar moieties.
- the templated assembly reactants can include a 5′ or a 3′priming site adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences.
- the populations of templated assembly reactants can also include modifications, such as a 5′-azide and a 3′-alkyne group; a 5′-alkyne and a 3′-azide group; and an N-hydroxysuccinimide and a cyclooctyne on corresponding populations.
- the modification can be specific for a traceless Staudinger ligation selected from either a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation or a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation.
- the templated assembly reactants can also include a spacer or linker, such as at least 6 carbon atoms.
- the method can include obtaining the target nucleic acids prior to hybridizing the populations of templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids. Isolating nucleic acids from a target sample can also be included in the methods.
- the target sample can be at least one of a cell population, a tumor, a tissue, or an organ.
- the target nucleic acids can also maintain their native secondary structures.
- the target nucleic acids can also include cellular nucleic acid templates, such as genomic or expressed genes for known oncogenes or tumor suppressors, cell cycle regulators and mediators, transcriptonal regulators and mediators, translational regulators and mediators, telomerases, cytoskeletal components, and kinases.
- hybridizing both populations of templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids can include removing unbound templated assembly reactants.
- Removing unbound templated assembly reactants can also include removing the unbound reactants by at least one of an enzymatic digestion, an ultrafiltration, or a gel size-exclusion chromatography, or any combination thereof.
- the templated assembly reaction can be at least one of a click chemical reaction, a Staudinger reduction, a non-traceless Staudinger ligation, a traceless Staudinger ligation, a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation, a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation, a native chemical ligation, and a bio-orthogonal chemical reaction, or any combination thereof.
- identifying the target nucleic acids can include removing the hybridized first population of templated assembly reactants and the hybridized second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants that failed to undergo templated assembly. Microcompartmentalizing the reacted templated assembly reactants from the unreacted templated assembly reactants and/or amplifying the hybridized target nucleic acids, may also be included in the identification. Additionally, sequencing the hybridized target nucleic acids can be used to identify the target nucleic acids.
- the present disclosure is also directed to libraries of templated assembly reactants for identifying templated assembly targets including at least a first and second population of templated assembly reactants, where the templated assembly reactants include an oligonucleotide sequence and a modification for reaction in a templated assembly reaction.
- Kits for identifying templated assembly targets including a library of oligonucleotides for identifying templated assembly targets having oligonucleotide sequences modified as corresponding templated assembly reactants and reagents are also disclosed.
- a pair of templated assembly targets enriched from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products having oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates is included.
- the present disclosure is also directed to methods for enrichment of a pair of templated assembly targets from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products including obtaining a library of oligonucleotides chemically ligated through templated assembly due to spatial proximity to cellular nucleic acid targets, amplifying the library of ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets and selectively enriching for ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, wherein the ligated targets are selected for relevance to a pathology of an aberrant cell of interest or to a discontinuous hybridization to the cellular nucleic acid targets are disclosed.
- the methods can also include removing ligated targets derived from matched normal cells of interest.
- Pairs of templated assembly targets enriched from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products comprising oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates is also included.
- CLOSE library can be made of short PCR product duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides, such as from amplified library of chemically ligated products or an amplified library of rearranged chemically ligated products.
- the oligonucleotides can be differentially enriched in a CLOSE library derived from aberrant target cells as compared to a CLOSE library derived from normal cells.
- the oligonucleotides can also be selectively enriched for ligated targets differentially derived from aberrant target cells and not matched normal cells of interest.
- the present disclosure is also directed to methods of evaluating a pair of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products for templated assembly including modifying the pair of CLOSE products as templated assembly reactants, transfecting the pair of modified CLOSE products into a target aberrant cell of interest, and screening for templated assembly of the pair of modified CLOSE products.
- CLOSE products can also be modified by adding a pyrene group, such as pyrene maleimide, and/or including a spacer arm between the pyrene and maleimide.
- FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D illustrate schematic configurations of: 1 A) random decamer oligonucleotide (RDO); P 1 : Primer site 1 ; N 10 : random decamer tracts; Me-C: 5-methyl deoxycytidine residue; Ak: 3′-terminal alkyne, in the form of a 3′-propargyl group; 1 B) RDO 2 ; P 2 : Primer site 2 ; N 10 : random decamer tracts; Az: 5′-terminal azide group; 1 C) RDO 1 hybridized to a 2′-O-methyl oligonucleotide complementary to the primer site (RDO 1 :P 1 C); P 1 : Primer site 1 ; N 10 : random decamer tracts; Ak: 3′-terminal alkyne, in the form of a 3′-propargyl group; and 1 D) RDO 2 hybridized to a 2′-O-methyl oligonucleo
- FIG. 2 shows representative hybridization-mediated spatial alignments of labeled 5′- and 3′-ends of specific oligonucleotides from RDO populations, on either linear (contiguous) sites of discontinuous (conformationally-determined) sites; S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations.
- FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C are representative diagrams showing productive and non-productive hybridizations between specific oligonucleotides from separately 5′- and 3′-labeled random decamer populations; 3 A) productive, from both 5′-azide and 3′-alkyne modified populations; 3 B) non-productive, from 5′-azide modified populations only; and 3 C) non-productive, from 3-alkyne-modified population only.
- FIG. 4 shows representative examples of CLOSE clones (C 1 -C 19 ) in comparison to an equal number of random oligonucleotides of the same pattern (Rnd1-Rnd17);
- CL1 TGGATCTCTGC (SEQ ID NO:1), TTAAAGTGACC (SEQ ID NO:2);
- CL2 TGAGTGTGTGC (SEQ ID NO:3), TGCGCACACTC (SEQ ID NO:4);
- CL3 ACGGGCCCGGC (SEQ ID NO:5), TTCGCGTCCAG (SEQ ID NO:6);
- CL4 TCTTTTACGCC (SEQ ID NO:7), TCTGCCCAGGC (SEQ ID NO:8);
- CL5 ACACCCTCGCC (SEQ ID NO:9), TACCTTCTCCC (SEQ ID NO:10);
- CL6 TCACATTCACC (SEQ ID NO:11), TTGTGGATGTG (SEQ ID NO:12);
- CL8 GGCCCTTCTAC (SEQ ID
- FIG. 5 shows representative subtraction of CLOSE libraries from aberrant cell sources with CLOSE libraries from corresponding normal cells
- P 1 -P 4 denote distinct priming sites
- S 1 and S 2 denote selected decamer tracts from aberrant cells, from initially random regions
- S 3 and S 4 denote selected decamer tracts from corresponding normal cells, from initially random regions.
- FIG. 6 shows a representative procedure for obtaining purified desthiobiotinylated ‘top’ strands (corresponding to strands of a primary CLOSE library) by selection on solid-phase streptavidin, and elution with excess free biotin.
- FIG. 7 shows representative selection of CLOSE clones on corresponding normal cell RNA sources, to enrich for CLOSE clones absent from the normal cellular background; desthiobiotnylated top strands are prepared as described herein.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are representative illustrations of pyrene labeling of candidate specific CLOSE decamers (A 1 and A 2 ) and excitation-fluorescence generation; 7 A) chemical conjugation of pyrene maleimide to 3′- or 5′-terminal-SH groups; and 7 B) excimer fluorescence from hybridization-induced spatial proximity.
- FIG. 9 illustrates representative QPCR for quantitation of relative levels of specific CLOSE clones as correlating with source RNA template levels; top: primary CLOSE clone chemically ligated population selected by hybridization proximity, depicting the Cu(I) catalyzed triazole linkage and two specific decamer regions A 1 and A 2 ; middle: the specific A 1 /A 2 clone showing a second-cycle extension from the complement to P 2 , and an annealed QPCR probe with a 5′-fluor and 3′ quencher; bottom: completion of the extension (as in the middle diagram), with strand displacement and digestion of the probe to unquench the fluor and allow fluorescence quantitation.
- FIG. 10 depicts representative digital PCR for a single candidate CLOSE pair, with specific decamer regions A 1 and A 2 ; after hybridization with target RNA and Cu(I) catalyzed chemical ligation, the number of chemically ligated dimers approximates the number of template molecules in the target RNA; the ligated products are prepared for digital PCR by compartmentalization with molar excesses of primers and probes, and PCR-related buffer and enzyme requirements (Taq 1 DNA polymerase; other schematic symbols, and the process for fluorescence generation), upon amplification, compartments bearing ligated dimers and matching primers and probe with the target dimer generate a fluorescent signal; enumeration of (+) signal compartments thus equates with the original number of dimers present, and in turn approximates to the number of template molecules.
- Taq 1 DNA polymerase other schematic symbols, and the process for fluorescence generation
- FIG. 11 depicts a representative gel evaluation of +/ ⁇ DNase-treated CLOSE/RNA hybridization; lane 1, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase; lane 2, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template without DNase; lane 3, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template+DNase; lane 4, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template and without DNase); results showed presence of carry-over of CLOSE oligonucleotides irrespective of the presence of template (lanes 2 and 4), but only in the presence of RNA template was a band observed post-DNase treatment (lane 1 vs.
- FIG. 12 depicts a representative gel analysis (2% agarose) of PEG test for RNA/unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotide separations; lanes 1-3: MU89 RNA plus CLOSE oligonucleotides annealed with 2′-O-methyl protector strands; lanes 4-6; MU89 RNA plus CLOSE oligonucleotides without protector strands; lanes land 4: final PEG pellets (2 ⁇ precipitations); lanes 2 and 5: first PEG supernatants; and lanes 3 and 6: second PEG supernatants.
- FIG. 13 depicts in a representative schematic form a CLOSE process with a single PEG precipitation and DNase step.
- FIG. 14 depicts representative CLOSE site nomenclature conventions
- L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides hybridizing to discontinuous sites on a template can either have their chemically modified ends linearly directed towards each other (“endo” configuration) or opposed to each other (“exo” configuration); some configurations may accelerate effector partial reactivity, depending on: 1) distance between L and R sites (N sequences as above), 2) flexibility of N and flanking sequences; and 3) secondary structures promoting spatial proximity.
- FIG. 15 depicts representative discontinuous “endo” vs. “exo” sites within secondary structural loops; if hybridization sites are within a loop, the ends of an exo configuration can be spatially brought together, while the conventional endo orientation is poorly active.
- FIG. 16 depicts representative non-contiguous structures: testing “endo” vs. “exo” configurations; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used.
- FIG. 17 depicts representative dependence of “exo” click on loop formation; the “control” sequences here have the G-C tracts which promote loop formation replaced with non-self-complementary sequences, such that no loops can form; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used.
- FIG. 18 depicts representative structures of stem loop templates used in FIG. 19 .
- FIG. 19 shows a representative demonstration of click reaction following hybridization to discontinuous sites on a template strand; schematic depictions of stem-loop oligonucleotides shown in FIG. 18 ; bands show positions of click-ligated products (20-mers), distinguishable from the template strands (30-mers).
- FIG. 20 shows representative pyrene-labeled oligonucleotides PyeTO.1 and Pye TO.2 annealed on wild-type and mutant HPV templates; for the wild-type sequence (HPV-1) the oligonucleotides are displaced from each other by one base (boxed dA residue), unlike the HPV-0 template where they are immediately juxtaposed; for the HPV-2 and HPV-3 templates, the displacement is two and three dA residues respectively (boxed); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCA CTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:89); TAACTG TCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:35); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACA AAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:90); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAAAAA
- FIG. 22 depicts representative CLOSE Intersection software principle as a flow-chart, showing the processing pathway for each CLOSE clone sequence.
- FIG. 23 depicts representative CLOSE intersection software principle.
- FIG. 24 depicts representative CLOSE intersection software principle: example of a hit; the PLXNA3 sequence was found from CLOSE intersection software with a specific CLOSE clone, where the CLOSE matches were in the EXO configuration (in such cases, the L-CLOSE match is closer to the 5′ end of the target RNA sequence than the R-CLOSE match); the CLOSE sequences were replaced with the standard complements to the 10-mer click oligonucleotides used in these tests, in either EXO or ENDO configurations; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used; TGCGCTTCTGGGTG AATGTGATCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCGACATCCACAAGAACAGCATCACGG (SEQ ID NO: 126).
- FIG. 25 depicts a representative schematic of template titration effect when target template is in molar excess of effector partials.
- FIG. 26 depicts a representative demonstration of template titration effect with pyrene fluorescence; TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAGCAAAGACATCTG GACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:35); UCCAGAUGUCUUUGC-pyrene (SEQ ID NO:36), pyrene-UUUCUUCAGGACACAG (SEQ ID NO:88).
- FIG. 27 depicts a representative demonstration of template titration effect with an RNA template in vitro; the assigned molar ratio of MU89 RNA:click oligonucleotides is based on assuming average RNA size of about 1500 bases; GAAAUAGAUGGUCCAGCUGGACAA GCAGAA (SEQ ID NO:37); CTTGTCCAGCTGGACCATCT (SEQ ID NO:38).
- FIG. 28 depicts representative target-directed CLOSE; a schematic example of an expressed translocation, where two normal transcripts are effectively fused together; while there is only one possible junction sequence that can be targeted as a linear contiguous sequence, there are many potential CLOSE sites formed through spatial proximity mediated by higher-order RNA folding and secondary structures.
- FIG. 29 depicts representative asymmetric PCR combined with biotinylated bottom-strand removal.
- FIG. 30 depicts representative target-directed CLOSE principle; the probe “pulls out” CLOSE members with hybridizing sequences; these may, but not necessarily, include contiguous Left & Right CLOSE segments; discontinuous sites may thus be found by means of the linear hybridization probe.
- FIG. 31 depicts a representative BCR-ABL segment used as a probe for target-directed CLOSE (1338 bases; SEQ ID NO:39); black text: BCR sequence; gray text: ABL sequence (junction at GAGTTCAA/AAGCCCTT; SEQ ID NO:44); priming sites for the relevant amplification primers are underlined.
- FIGS. 32A and 32B depict, respectively, a representative gel purification method for target-directed CLOSE, and examples of clones obtained with BCR-ABL probe, and examples of candidates for BCR-ABL
- gel diagram: lane A: Boxed zone, long single-stranded probe after hybridization with single-stranded CLOSE dimers ligated on target cell whole RNA, thus bearing duplexed CLOSE clones with hybridizing sequences; lower molecular band, free excess CLOSE sequences; lane B: control lacking the long probe molecule; boxed zone, control region of gel of the same mobility as for the probe sequence; lower molecular band, free excess CLOSE sequences); and two examples of cloned CLOSE clones from K562 RNA obtained from 2 cycles of BCR-ABL selection; for each, the first sequence show the actual CLOSE 22-mers with the intervening CT dimers in gray (for dBBc2-01 ATAAGCACCTCTTCAAGGTCTG; SEQ ID NO:40; for d
- FIGS. 33A and 33B depict representative schematic configurations of RDOs with terminal azide and cyclooctyne groups; P 1 , P 2 : primer sites 1 and 2 respectively; N 10 : random decamer tracts; COT: 3′-terminal modified cycloalkyne; Az: 5′-terminal azide group.
- FIGS. 34A and 34B depict, respectively, representative “unnatural” 5′-5′ (head-to-head, A) and 3′-3′ (tail-to-tail, B) chemical ligation, driven by hybridization-mediated spatial proximity resulting from secondary structures of the target RNA strands; AZ, 5′ azide; COT, 5′ cyclooctyne.
- FIG. 35 depicts representative single-stranded oligoucleotides with 5′ click groups (azide, AZ and cycloalkyne, COT), initial random regions (N 1 and N 2 ), PCR primer sites (P 1 and P 2 ), and restriction site/primer regions (A 1 and A 2 ); S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a head-to-head chemically-ligated click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization.
- FIGS. 36A and 36B depict possible 5′ structures for 5′-5′ click reactivity;
- 36 A 5′ hexynyl modification to supply an alkyne group;
- 36 B 5′-azide group, provided through reaction of a 5′-amino group (with a 6-carbon spacer from the 5′-hydroxyl) with N-hydroxylsuccinimide linked by a 3-carbon spacer to an azide moiety, with subsequent formation on an amide linkage.
- FIG. 37 shows representative production of double-stranded 5′-5′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I (S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations).
- FIG. 38 illustrates representative extensions incorporating 5′-methyl-dCTP and using complementary segment to region A 1 ; hemimethylated regions of resulting extended duplexes are indicated by gray background shading; S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations.
- FIG. 39 is a representative diagram showing partitioning of 5′-5′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 40 depicts representative partitioning of unligated 5′-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 5′-cycloalkyne modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A 2 region with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 41 shows representative Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 5′-5′ linkages within microcompartments.
- FIG. 42 is a representative illustration of cycling of Xma I cleaved 5′-5′ ligation products (in the specified embodiment) in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached.
- FIG. 43 is a representative diagram of single-stranded oligonucleotides with 3′ click groups (azide and alkyne), initial random regions (N 1 and N 2 ), PCR primer sites (P 1 and P 2 ), and restriction site/primer regions (A 1 and A 2 ); S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a tail-to-tail chemically-ligated click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization.
- FIGS. 44A and 44B depict representative possible 3′ structures for 3′-3′ click reactivity; 44 A) 3′ modification to supply a cycloalkyne group; 44 B) 3′-azide group, provided through reaction of a 3′-amino group (with a 6-carbon spacer from the 3′-hydroxyl) with N-hydroxylsuccinimide linked by a 3-carbon spacer to an azide moiety, with subsequent formation on an amide linkage.
- FIG. 45 illustrates representative production of double-stranded 3′-3′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I; S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations.
- FIG. 46 shows representative extensions incorporating 5′-methyl-dCTP and using complementary segment to region A 2 ; hemimethylated regions of resulting extended duplexes are indicated by gray background shading; S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations.
- FIG. 47 is a representative illustration of partitioning of 3′-3′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 48 diagrams representative partitioning of unligated 3′-click-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 3′-alkyne modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A 2 region with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 49 is a representative diagram of Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 3′-3′ linkages within microcompartments.
- FIG. 50 shows representative cycling of Xma I cleaved (in the specified embodiment) 3′-3′ ligation products in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached.
- FIG. 51 illustrates representative single-stranded oligonucleotides with non-polymerase readable 5′- and 3′-click groups (cycloalkyne and azide respectively), initial random regions (N 1 and N 2 ), PCR primer sites (P 1 and P 2 ), and restriction site/primer regions (A 1 and A 2 ); S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a head-to-tail chemically-ligated (non-amplifiable directly) click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization.
- FIGS. 52A, 52B, 52C, and 52D are representative diagrams showing possible 5′ and 3′ structures for 5′-3′ click reactivity, where no requirement exists for polymerase read-through; 52 A) representative 5′-cycloalkyne and 5′-azide modifications; where polymerase read-through is not required, a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented by FIG.
- a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented by FIGS.
- a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented by FIG. 52B /D.
- FIGS. 53A and 53B are representative diagrams of regions of single-stranded oligonucleotides with non-polymerase-readable 5′- and 3′-click groups where modified for nuclease-resistance; shown by stippled background; 53 A) non-modified regions are retained with normal DNA backbones and bases for allowing restriction enzyme cleavage; the 3′ sites are extended by three modified-bases with modified backbones; 53 B) non-modified regions are retained with normal DNA backbones and bases for allowing restriction enzyme cleavage; the 3′ sites are extended by three modified-bases with modified backbones.
- FIG. 54 illustrates representative production of double-stranded 5′-3′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I; S 1 and S 2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations.
- FIG. 55 shows representative partitioning of 5′-3′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 56 is a representative illustration of partitioning of unligated 5′/3′-click-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 5′-azide modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A 2 region with restriction enzyme E 2 (Age I in the specified embodiment).
- FIG. 57 is a representative diagram of Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 5′-3′ linkages within microcompartments.
- FIG. 58 shows representative cycling of Xma I cleaved (in the specified embodiment) 5′-3′ ligation products in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached.
- FIG. 59 depicts representative testing of the ability of in vitro compartmentalization to enable molecule-specific rearrangements, for amplification and identification of specific sequences; step 1. validation model: make 4 ⁇ oligonuceotides, two with 5′-azides, and two with 5′ linear alkynes (joinable by Cu(I) mediated click chemistry); each designed with specific marker sequences, and to enable differential amplifications.
- FIG. 60 depicts representative demonstration of enzymatic rearrangement process for 5′-5′ oligonucleotide joins; product of the expected size is only formed when both cutting and religation are applied; closely similar rearrangements enable amplification of 3′-3′ or “unreadable” 5′-3′ joins.
- FIG. 61 depicts representative testing of purified Top band 5′-5′ chemical ligation adducts (from excised gel bands), run side-by-side with samples of corresponding unpurified material.
- FIG. 62 depicts representative testing use of enzymes (Age I, Xma I, T4 DNA ligase) designed to enable amplifiable products with all model Top band 5′-5′ adduct products.
- FIG. 63 depicts representative principle of the model oligonucleotide detection system for successful IVC; in this case, duplexed 5′-5′ adducts are precut Age I for testing in IVC, such that only Xma I and ligase are needed to complete the rearrangements.
- FIG. 64 depicts representative testing primers designed to detect specific rearrangements, whether direct (single-molecule) or specific cross-overs; for mixtures of two different 5′-5′ products undergoing the enzymatic rearrangements, specific primer pairs must be able to identify only each direct product, or a specific cross-over product.
- FIG. 65 depicts representative testing specificity of rearrangement-directed primers with pre formed rearrangements without PCR-induced artefactual crossing-over;
- BH, FH direct rearrangements BH and FH adducts respectively;
- BH+FH rearr rearrangement process performed with BH and FH products simultaneously present (thus allowing cross-over rearrangements);
- BH+FH Mix BH and FH adduct rearrangements performed separately, and then mixed together prior to PCR;
- FIG. 66 depicts representative nested PCR results of in vitro compartmentalization test; no detectable cross-over products were observed (vertical white arrows).
- FIG. 67 depicts representative CLOSE amplification of 5′-3′ joins, by means of circularization and inverse PCR; this applies direct read-through is not possible owing to the formation of bulky non-traceless products; a potential problem with this approach is cross-ligation between separate molecules (rather than circularization), which would scramble the correct information; this can be minimized by performing the religation step at low concentrations.
- the present disclosure is directed to methods and kits for identifying, enriching, and evaluating templated assembly reactants.
- the term “about” as used herein means greater or lesser than the value or range of values stated by 1/10 of the stated values, e.g., ⁇ 10%. For instance, a concentration value of about 30% can mean a concentration from 27% to 33%.
- the term “about” also refers to variations that would be recognized by one skilled in the art as being equivalent so long as such variations do not encompass known values practiced by the prior art.
- active effector structure and “effector structure” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the active portion of a templated assembly product that triggers a desired effect.
- base refers to a molecule containing a purine or pyrimidine group, or an artificial analogue, that forms a binding pair with another corresponding base via Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen bonding interactions.
- Bases further contain groups that facilitate covalently joining multiple bases together in a polymer, such as an oligomer.
- Non-limiting examples include nucleotides, nucleosides, peptide nucleic acid residues, or morpholino residues.
- bind refers to a stable interaction between two molecules that are close to one another.
- the terms include physical interactions, such as chemical bonds (either directly linked or through intermediate structures), as well as non-physical interactions and attractive forces, such as electrostatic attraction, hydrogen bonding, and van der Waals/dispersion forces.
- bioconjugation chemistry refers to the chemical synthesis strategies and reagents that ligate common functional groups together under mild conditions, facilitating the modular construction of multi-moiety compounds.
- chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited refers to pairs of oligonucleotides that have been chemically ligated as a consequence of their spatial proximity through hybridization to target nucleic acid templates.
- effector partial moiety refers to a portion of a templated assembly reactant that contributes to the chemical structure of the effector structure in a product formed by nucleic acid templated assembly.
- An effector partial moiety may be a distinct portion of the reactant, or may include or be comprised of part or all of the nucleic acid recognition moiety and/or the selectively-reactive moiety.
- linker and “spacer” are used interchangeable herein and refer to a molecule adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequence in the templated assembly reactant.
- a linker can be an additional oligonucleotide sequence, a peptide, a non-active portion of a peptidomimetic structure, a non-active portion of a drug, or other bioactive compound that is less than 20 kDa.
- a linker may be comprised of branched or unbranched covalently bonded molecular chain.
- non-traceless bio-orthogonal chemistry refers to a reaction involving selectively-reactive moieties in which part or all of the structure of the selectively-reactive moieties is retained in the product structure.
- nucleic acid recognition moiety refers to an oligonucleotide that facilitates sequence-specific binding to a target nucleic acid.
- An example of a nucleic acid recognition moiety is an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid.
- oligonucleotide sequences and “oligomer,” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a molecule comprised of multiple units where some or all of the units are bases capable of forming Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing interactions, allowing sequence-specific binding to nucleic acids in a duplex or multiplex structure.
- Non-limiting examples include oligonucleotides, peptide nucleic acid oligomers, and morpholino oligomers.
- pathogenic cell can refer to a cell that is capable of causing or promoting a diseased or an abnormal condition, such as a cell infected with a virus, a tumor cell, and a cell infected with a microbe, or a cell that produces a molecule that induces or mediates diseases that include, but are not limited to allergy, anaphylaxis, inflammation and autoimmunity.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” when used herein refers to a material that is not biologically or otherwise unacceptable that can be incorporated into a composition and administered to a patient without causing unacceptable biological effects or interacting in an unacceptable manner with other components of the composition.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt means a salt prepared from a base or an acid which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (e.g., salts having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime).
- salt as used herein can include salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids and bases and salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids and bases and their derivatives and variants thereof.
- sample refers to any system that templated assembly reactants can be administered into, where nucleic acid templated assembly may occur.
- Non-limiting examples may include living cells, fixed or preserved cells, whole organisms, tissues, tumors, lysates, or in vitro assay systems.
- selectively-reactive moiety refers to the portion of a templated assembly reactant that enables formation of product, such as through a chemical reaction with a corresponding templated assembly reactant.
- a selectively-reactive moiety can react readily with a corresponding selectively-reactive moiety, but does not readily react with natural biomolecules.
- templated assembly reactants that come together on a single target template to take part in a templated assembly reaction.
- a “subject” can be a cell, in vitro, such as a cell in culture, or in vivo within a living organism.
- the subject can be a microorganism.
- the subject can be a cell derived from or comprised in a sample obtained from a larger organism.
- the subject can be a cell comprised in a sample obtained from an organism by a biopsy procedure, and the method can be performed on it.
- the subject can be a progeny (by cell division) of a progenitor cell obtained from an organism.
- a subject can also be a mammal. Examples of subjects can include but are not limited to, humans, horses, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rates, cows, pigs, goats and sheep.
- “subjects” are generally human patients.
- V variable
- traceless bio-orthogonal chemistry refers to a reaction involving selectively-reactive moieties in which a naturally occurring bond, for example an amide, is formed by elimination of part or all of the selectively-reactive moieties from the product structure.
- target compartment refers to a cell, virus, tissue, tumor, lysate, other biological structure, spatial region, or sample that contains target nucleic acid, or a different amount of target nucleic acids than a non-target compartment.
- target nucleic acid sequence and “target nucleic acid” are used interchangeably and refer to a sequence of units or nucleic acids which are intended to act as a template for nucleic acid templated assembly.
- templated assembly refers to the synthesis of a product structure or structures on a target nucleic acid, such that product formation can be facilitated by templated assembly reactants being assembled in proximity when bound to the target nucleic acid.
- templated assembly ligation product refers to the product structure or structures formed by interaction, binding or reaction of one or more nucleic acid templated assembly reactants.
- templated assembly reactant refers to an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid in a sequence-specific manner and participates in product formation during a templated assembly reaction.
- derivatives such as salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or other molecules that have been subjected to chemical modification and maintain the same biological activity or lack of biological activity, and/or ability to act as a templated assembly reactant, or function in a manner consistent with a templated assembly reactant.
- Targeted template assembly produces desired chemical structures when in the presence of one or more targets, such as specific nucleic acid sequences.
- the disclosed methods and kits allow identification, analysis, or discovery of specific genetic templates.
- the disclosed methods and kits also identify the specific nucleic acid sequences targeted by templated assembly to avoid off-target toxicity and enhance specific reactivity.
- the disclosed methods and kits further enrich and evaluate specific nucleic acid sequences for template assembly. By identifying unique nucleic acid sequences for target cells, directed intervention can be focused on these specific cells, such as by self-destruction or immunotherapeutic destruction by other cells, without inducing toxicity against non-target cells, such as normal cells, that lack the template target.
- the identification of templated assembly targets can include methods and kits for synthesizing templated assembly reactants, hybridizing the templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids, performing a templated assembly reaction, and identifying the target nucleic acids that hybridized with the templated assembly reactants.
- templated assembly reactant refers to an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid in a sequence-specific manner and participates in product formation during a templated assembly reaction.
- the templated assembly reactants can include a nucleic acid recognition moiety, such as an oligonucleotide sequence.
- U.S. Application No. 61/831,133 which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, discloses targeted templated assembly reactants that include a nucleic acid recognition moiety, a selectively-reactive moiety, and a effector partial moiety to produce a targeted therapeutic.
- the templated assembly reactants do not require, but may still include, an effector partial moiety.
- a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed, where the first population includes different oligonucleotide sequences or different libraries of oligonucleotide sequences than the second population.
- a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed, where the first population includes specific oligonucleotide sequences and chemical modifications differing from the second population.
- Oligonucleotide sequences may be synthesized by several methods known in the art. Nucleotide-based oligonucleotide sequences may be synthesized in solution or on a solid-phase using phosphoramidite chemistry. Peptide nucleic acids may also be synthesized in solution or on a solid phase using methods known in the art. Various methods of morpholino synthesis could also be used. Any of the aforementioned types of oligonucleotide sequences may also be obtained fully synthesized from various commercial sources.
- the oligonucleotide sequences may include sequences of base-pair forming units, such as nucleic acids or nucleic acid analogues.
- the oligonucleotide sequences may be made of multiple units where some or all of the units are bases capable of forming Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing interactions, allowing sequence-specific binding to target nucleic acids in a duplex or multiplex structure.
- nucleic acid is well known in the art.
- a “nucleic acid” as used herein will generally refer to a molecule (i.e., a strand) of DNA, RNA or a derivative or analog thereof, comprising a nucleotide.
- a nucleotide includes, for example, a naturally occurring purine or pyrimidine base found in DNA (e.g., an adenine “A,” a guanine “G,” a thymine “T” or a cytosine “C”) or RNA (e.g., an A, a G, an uracil “U” or a C).
- the phrase “nucleic acid” or “RNA molecule” encompasses the terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide,” each as a subgenus of “nucleic acid.”
- the oligonucleotide sequences may be DNA nucleotides, RNA nucleotides, phosphorothioate-modified nucleotides, 2′-O-alkylated RNA nucleotides, halogenated nucleotides, locked nucleic acid nucleotides (LNA), peptide nucleic acids (PNA), morpholino nucleic acid analogues (morpholinos), pseudouridine nucleotides, xanthine nucleotides, hypoxanthine nucleotides, 2′-deoxyinosine nucleotides, other nucleic acid analogues capable of base-pair formation, or combinations thereof.
- the oligonucleotide sequences includes nucleic acids and hybridizes to mRNA targets.
- derivatized bases may be incorporated to introduce functional groups including but not limited to amines, hydrazides, thiols, carboxylic acids, isocyanates, aldehydes which may then be conjugated with active functional groups on other moieties using standard techniques of bioconjugation chemistry to facilitate synthesis of the complete templated assembly reactant.
- functional groups including but not limited to amines, hydrazides, thiols, carboxylic acids, isocyanates, aldehydes which may then be conjugated with active functional groups on other moieties using standard techniques of bioconjugation chemistry to facilitate synthesis of the complete templated assembly reactant.
- the oligonucleotide sequences may also incorporate, interact with or be bound to specialized units.
- the templated assembly reactants including an oligonucleotide sequence
- nucleases that may degrade standard DNA or RNA, such as in live cells or lysates
- nuclease-resistant bases may be desirable to incorporate nuclease-resistant bases into the oligonucleotide sequences.
- Some non-limiting examples can include phosphorothioate bases, 2′-O-alkylated or 2′-halogenated RNA bases, locked nucleic acids, peptide nucleic acids, morpholinos or a chimera including at least one of these.
- the templated assembly reactants can be synthesized to include oligonucleotide sequences that are random sequences or gene specific sequences. In some embodiments, the templated assembly reactants can bind to a target nucleic acid through a gene specific oligonucleotide sequence.
- the oligonucleotide sequences can be contiguous or non-contiguous sequences complementary to one or more target nucleic acids.
- target nucleic acid sequence and “target nucleic acid” are used interchangeably and refer to a sequence of units or nucleic acids which are intended to act as a target or template for nucleic acid templated assembly.
- the oligonucleotide sequences can be gene specific by being complementary to a hybridization site on a target nucleic acid, allowing sequence-specific binding to the target nucleic acid.
- the oligonucleotide sequence is a contiguous sequence that is complementary to a target nucleic acid.
- the oligonucleotide sequence is selected such that its sequence is not similar to sequences known to be present in non-target nucleic acids.
- the oligonucleotide sequence includes one or more mutations found within the target nucleic acid, allowing specific binding of the templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids but not to non-target nucleic acids that do not contain the mutation.
- the oligonucleotide sequence may be synthesized with a stem-loop structure, with possible improvement in the desired binding interaction with target nucleic acids.
- the oligonucleotide sequences can also be random sequences.
- the random oligonucleotide sequences can include any of the above base-pair forming units or specialized units in a random sequence.
- the oligonucleotide sequences can be from about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the random or gene specific sequence can be about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long.
- the oligonucleotides sequences can be any of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96
- the oligonucleotide sequences can be complementary to a target nucleic acid with a length of the oligonucleotide sequence anywhere from about 5 to about 100 bases in length. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequences can be complementary to the target nucleic acid with an oligonucleotide sequence length in the range of about 5 to about 50 bases in length, about 5 to about 40 bases in length, or about 10 to about 30 bases in length.
- the oligonucleotide sequences can also be optimized to provide chemical properties.
- the length of oligonucleotide sequences can be selected based on chemical properties, such as melting and annealing temperatures of the complementary sequence.
- the melting temperature, T m is defined as the temperature in degrees Celsius, at which 50% of all molecules of a given oligonucleotide sequences are hybridized into a double strand, and 50% are present as single strands.
- the annealing temperature is generally 5 C lower than the melting temperature.
- the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences can be in a range from about 10 C below to about 40 C above the temperature of the conditions in which the templated assembly reactant will be used.
- the oligonucleotide may be designed with an expected T m from 27 C to 77 C.
- the template assembly reactants can be used at approximately 37 C, and the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences can be designed to be in the range of about 37 C to about 52 C.
- oligonucleotide sequences can be designed such that the T m to bind the target nucleic acid is substantially different from the T m to bind a similar non-target nucleic acid.
- the oligonucleotide sequences may be designed such that the hybridization site it binds to on a target nucleic acid includes the site of a mutation.
- the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences binding to the target nucleic acid is at or above the temperature at which the templated assembly reactant will be used, while the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences binding to the non-target nucleic acid is below the temperature at which the templated assembly reactant will be used.
- the oligonucleotide sequences will then bind to the mutant target sequence, but not to the non-target, non-mutant sequence.
- the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences can be in a range from about 10 C below to about 40 C above the temperature of the conditions in which the templated assembly reactant will be used.
- the oligonucleotide sequences may be designed with an expected T m from 27 C to 77 C.
- the template assembly reactants can be used at approximately 37 C, and the T m of the oligonucleotide sequences can be designed to be in the range of about 37 C to about 52 C.
- the templated assembly reactant can also include a 5′ and/or a 3′ priming site adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences.
- the priming site can be directly flanking the oligonucleotide sequence or can be separated from the oligonucleotide sequence by a linker sequence.
- Primer sequences commonly used in the art can be included. Such examples may include, but are not limited to, M13, T3, T7, SP6, VF2, VR, modified versions thereof, complementary sequences thereof, and reverse sequences thereof.
- custom primer sequences are also included.
- the templated assembly reactants can also include an intermediate, such as a linker or spacer.
- the linker can be an additional oligonucleotide sequence ranging from 1 to about 50 nucleotides long.
- the linker can also be a peptide, a non-active portion of a peptidomimetic structure, a non-active portion of a drug, or other bioactive compound that is less than 20 kDa.
- a linker may be comprised of branched or unbranched covalently bonded molecular chain. In some embodiments, the linker is a spacer of at least 6 carbon atoms.
- the templated assembly reactants can also include a modification adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences to be reactive in a templated assembly reaction, such as a selectively-reactive moiety.
- a modification adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences to be reactive in a templated assembly reaction such as a selectively-reactive moiety.
- modifications for templated assembly reactions are disclosed in U.S. Application No. 61/831,133, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the modification is flanking the oligonucleotide sequence.
- the “flanking sequence” can refer to a region immediately, e.g. within 1 to 5 basepairs, or within close proximity to, e.g. within 5 to 20 basepairs, the oligonucleotide sequence.
- the modification can be biologically inert.
- the modification on one oligonucleotide sequence can interact readily with a corresponding modification on another oligonucleotide sequence, but will not readily interact with natural biomolecules. This is to ensure that the templated assembly reaction is formed when corresponding templated assembly reactants are assembled. It also safeguards against non-specific reactions occurring in the environment and prevents the formation of unintended products.
- Examples of selectively-reactive moieties, modifications for reactivity in a templated assembly reaction, can include adding a bio-orthogonal reactive moiety.
- the bio-orthogonal reactive moiety can include those groups that can undergo “click” reactions between azides and alkynes, traceless or non-traceless Staudinger reactions between azides and phosphines, and native chemical ligation reactions between thioesters and thiols.
- the bio-orthogonal moiety can be any of an azide, a cyclooctyne, a nitrone, a norbornene, an oxanorbornadiene, a phosphine, a dialkyl phosphine, a trialkyl phosphine, a phosphinothiol, a phosphinophenol, a cyclooctene, a nitrile oxide, a thioester, a tetrazine, an isonitrile, a tetrazole, a quadricyclane, and derivatives thereof.
- a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed.
- the first population can include one modification and the second population can include a corresponding modification.
- the first population can include azides on the templated assembly reactants and the second population can include alkynes on the templated assembly reactants, such that the first and second populations are capable of reacting in a click reaction to produce ligated products.
- Azide-alkyne “Click Chemistry” click chemistry is highly selective as neither azides nor alkynes react with common biomolecules under typical conditions. Azides of the form R—N 3 and terminal alkynes of the form R—C ⁇ CH or internal alkynes of the form R—C ⁇ C—R react readily with each other to produce Huisgen cycloaddition products in the form of 1,2,3-triazoles
- Azide-based templated assembly reactants have the substructure: R—N 3 where R is a chemical linker, nucleic acid recognition moiety, or effector partial moiety. Azides and azide derivatives may be readily prepared from commercially available reagents.
- Azides can also be introduced to an effector partial moiety during synthesis of the effector partial moiety.
- an azide group is introduced into a effector partial moiety comprised of a peptide by incorporation of a commercially available azide-derivatized standard amino acid or amino acid analogue during synthesis of the effector partial moiety peptide using standard peptide synthesis methods.
- Amino acids may be derivatized with an azide replacing the ⁇ -amino group, affording a structure of the form:
- R is a side chain of a standard amino acid or non-standard amino acid analogue.
- A is any atom and its substituents in a side chain of a standard amino acid or non-standard amino acid analogue.
- An azide may also be introduced into a effector partial moiety peptide after synthesis by conversion of an amine group on the peptide to an azide by diazotransfer methods.
- Bioconjugate chemistry can also be used to join commercially available derivatized azides to chemical linkers, nucleic acid recognition moieties, or effector partial moieties that contain suitable reactive groups.
- Standard alkynes can be incorporated into a templated assembly reactant by methods similar to azide incorporation.
- Alkyne-functionalized nucleotide analogues are commercially available, allowing alkyne groups to be directly incorporated at the time of nucleic acid recognition moiety synthesis.
- alkyne-derivatized amino acid analogues may be incorporated into a effector partial moiety by standard peptide synthesis methods.
- diverse functionalized alkynes compatible with bioconjugate chemistry approaches may be used to facilitate the incorporation of alkynes to other moieties through suitable functional or side groups.
- Azide-activated alkyne “Click Chemistry” Standard azide-alkyne chemistry reactions typically require a catalyst, such as copper(I). Since copper(I) at catalytic concentrations is toxic to many biological systems, standard azide-alkyne chemistry reactions have limited uses in living cells. Copper-free click chemistry systems based on activated alkynes circumvent toxic catalysts.
- Activated alkynes often take the form of cyclooctynes, where incorporation into the cyclooctyl group introduces ring strain to the alkyne
- Heteroatoms or substituents may be introduced at various locations in the cyclooctyl ring, which may alter the reactivity of the alkyne or afford other alternative chemical properties in the compound.
- Various locations on the ring may also serve as attachment points for linking the cyclooctyne to a nucleic acid templated assembly moiety or linker. These locations on the ring or its substituents may optionally be further derivatized with accessory groups.
- cyclooctynes are commercially available, including several derivatized versions suitable for use with standard bioconjugation chemistry protocols.
- Commercially available cyclooctyne derivatized nucleotides can aid in facilitating convenient incorporation of the selectively-reactive moiety during nucleic acid recognition moiety synthesis
- Cyclooctyne-azide based bio-orthogonal chemistry may produce templated assembly products of the general structure:
- Staudinger reduction based on the rapid reaction between an azide and a phosphine or phosphite with loss of N 2 , also represents a bio-orthogonal reaction.
- the Staudinger ligation in which covalent links are formed between the reactants in a Staudinger reaction, is suited for use in nucleic acid templated assembly. Both non-traceless and traceless forms of the Staudinger ligation allow for a diversity of options in the chemical structure of products formed in these reactions.
- Non-Traceless Staudinger Ligation is a non-traceless reaction between an azide and a phenyl-substituted phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, where an electrophilic trap substituent on the phosphine, such as a methyl ester, rearranges with the aza-ylide intermediate of the reaction to produce a ligation product linked by a phosphine oxide.
- An example of a Staudinger ligation product formed by templated assembly reactants A and B may have the structure:
- Phenyl-substituted phosphines carrying electrophilic traps can also be readily synthesized. Derivatized versions are available commercially and suitable for incorporation into templated assembly reactants:
- phosphines capable of traceless Staudinger ligations may be utilized as selectively-reactive moieties.
- the phosphine serves as a leaving group during rearrangement of the aza-ylide intermediate, creating a ligation typically in the form of a native amide bond.
- Compounds capable of traceless Staudinger ligation generally take the form of a thioester derivatized phosphine or an ester derivatized phosphine:
- Chemical linkers or accessory groups may optionally be appended as substituents to the R groups in the above structures, providing attachment points for nucleic acid recognition moieties or for the introduction of additional functionality to the reactant.
- Traceless Phosphinophenol Staudinger Ligation Compared to the non-traceless Staudinger phenylphosphine compounds, the orientation of the electrophilic trap ester on a traceless phosphinophenol is reversed relative to the phenyl group. This enables traceless Staudinger ligations to occur in reactions with azides, generating a native amide bond in the product without inclusion of the phosphine oxide
- the traceless Staudinger ligation may be performed in aqueous media without organic co-solvents if suitable hydrophilic groups, such as tertiary amines, are appended to the phenylphosphine.
- An article by Weisbord and Marx (2010) describes preparation of water-soluble phosphinophenol, which may be loaded with a desired effector partial moiety containing a carboxylic acid (such as the C-terminus of a peptide) via the mild Steglich esterification using a carbodiimide such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) and an ester-activating agent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT).
- DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- DIC N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide
- HOBT 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
- Phosphinomethanethiols represent an alternative to phosphinophenols for mediating traceless Staudinger ligation reactions. In general, phosphinomethanethiols possess favorable reaction kinetics compared with phosphinophenols in mediating traceless Staudinger reaction.
- U.S. Application 2010/0048866 and an article to Tam et al. (2007) describe preparation of water-soluble phosphinomethanethiols of the form:
- These compounds may be loaded with a peptide or other payload, in the form of an activated ester, to form a thioester suitable for use as a traceless bio-orthogonal reactive group:
- Native chemical ligation is a bio-orthogonal approach based on the reaction between a thioester and a compound bearing a thiol and an amine.
- the classic native chemical ligation is between a peptide bearing a C-terminal thioester and another bearing an N-terminal cysteine, as seen below:
- Native chemical ligation may be utilized to mediate traceless reactions producing a peptide or peptidomimetic containing an internal cysteine residue, or other thiol-containing residue if non-standard amino acids are utilized.
- N-terminal cysteines may be incorporated by standard amino acid synthesis methods.
- Terminal thioesters may be generated by several methods known in the art, including condensation of activated esters with thiols using agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), or introduction during peptide synthesis via the use of “Safety-Catch” support resins.
- DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- Any suitable bio-orthogonal reaction chemistry may be utilized for synthesis of templated assembly reactants, as long as it efficiently mediates a reaction in a highly selective manner in complex biologic environments.
- a recently developed non-limiting example of an alternative bio-orthogonal chemistry that may be suitable is reaction between tetrazine and various alkenes such as norbornene and trans-cyclooctene, which efficiently mediates bio-orthogonal reactions in aqueous media.
- the templated assembly reactants can also include an effector partial moiety, such that when a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants participates in a templated assembly reaction, an active effector product can be generated.
- the effector partial moiety can be a portion of an active effector structure, such that when a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants take part in a templated reaction, their effector partial moieties combine to produce the desired active effector structure in the templated assembly ligation product.
- the effector partial moiety contributes to the chemical structure of the active effector structure.
- the effector partial moiety can be a distinct portion of the templated assembly reactant, or may include part or all of the nucleic acid recognition moiety and/or part or all of the selectively-reactive moiety.
- active effector structure and “effector structure” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the active portion of a templated assembly product that triggers a desired effect.
- the effector partial moiety does not possess the targeted activity or the same level of activity associated with the active effector structure.
- the effector partial structure is substantially inactive as compared to the active effector structure.
- the individual effector partial moieties can possess separate activity, but binding the effector partial moieties together create an activity not possessed by them individually.
- a bivalent effector structure that binds two different antibodies (each binds to a effector partial structure), making the effector suitable e.g., for detection in a sandwich ELISA for diagnostic evaluation.
- the effector partial moieties together create a signal that can be detected upon a templated assembly reaction, such as luminescence.
- the identification of templated assembly targets can include hybridizing the templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids.
- Nucleic acids such as DNA or RNA, from a source of interest can be hybridized with the templated assembly reactants to selectively bind the oligonucleotide sequences.
- the terms “complementary” and “complement(s)” refer to an oligonucleotide comprising a sequence of consecutive nucleotides or semi-consecutive nucleotides (e.g., one or more nucleotide moieties are not present in the molecule) capable of hybridizing to a target nucleic acid strand or duplex that may be consecutive, semi-consecutive or non-consecutive nucleotides even if less than all the nucleotides do not base pair with a counterpart nucleotide.
- a “complementary” nucleic acid comprises a sequence in which about 70%, about 71%, about 72%, about 73%, about 74%, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, to about 100%, and any range derivable therein, of the oligonucleotide sequence is capable of base-pairing with a single or double stranded target nucleic acid during hybridization.
- the term “complementary” refers to an oligonucleotide that may hybridize to target nucleic acid strand or duplex in stringent conditions, as would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- a “partly complementary” nucleic acid comprises a sequence that may hybridize in low stringency conditions to a single or double stranded nucleic acid, or contains a sequence in which less than about 70% of the nucleotide sequence is capable of base-pairing with a single or double stranded nucleic acid molecule during hybridization.
- the oligonucleotides modified to nucleic acid template reactants Prior to hybridization, the oligonucleotides modified to nucleic acid template reactants are subjected to a transient heat-denaturation step (2 minutes/80° C.). The samples are exposed to conditions conducive for hybridization to accessible tracts of target nucleic acids by complementary oligonucleotides.
- nucleic acid can be a possible target nucleic acid for nucleic acid templated assembly provided that at least some sequence information is available, sufficient to bind the oligonucleotide either directly or indirectly.
- nucleic acid recognition moiety units can include oligonucleotides, peptide nucleic acid oligomers, and morpholino oligomers.
- target nucleic acid sequences or oligonucleotides can include mRNA, genomic or organellar DNA, episomal or plasmid DNA, viral DNA or RNA, miRNA, rRNA, snRNA, tRNA, or any other biological or artificial nucleic acid sequence.
- the target nucleic acid can be present in a target compartment but absent in a non-target compartment.
- An example of this embodiment includes nucleic acid sequences present in a pathogenic or diseased cell, but absent in a healthy cell.
- pathogenic cell as used herein can refer to a cell that is capable of causing or promoting a diseased or an abnormal condition, such as a cell infected with a virus, a tumor cell, and a cell infected with a microbe.
- Target compartments that contain the target nucleic acid can include, but are not limited to, pathogenic cells, cancer cells, viruses, host cells infected by a virus or other pathogen, or cells of the immune system that are contributing to autoimmunity such as cells of the adaptive or innate immune systems, transplant rejection, or an allergic response.
- a target nucleic acid can be present in a virus or cell infected by a virus, but absent in healthy cells.
- virus can include DNA viruses, RNA viruses, or reverse transcribing viruses.
- a target nucleic acid can be present in a tumor or cancerous cell, but absent in healthy cells.
- cancers can include those caused by oncoviruses, such as the human papilloma viruses, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, human T-lymphotropic viruses, Merkel cell polyoma virus, and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus.
- a target nucleic acid can be present in an infectious agent or microbe, or a cell infected by an infectious agent or microbe but is absent in healthy cells.
- infectious agents or microbes can include viruses, bacteria, fungi, protists, prions, or eukaryotic parasites.
- the target nucleic acid sequence can also be a fragment, portion or part of a gene, such as an oncogene, a mutant gene, an oncoviral gene, a viral nucleic acid sequence, a microbial nucleic acid sequence, a differentially expressed gene, and a nucleic acid gene product thereof.
- virus-specific target nucleic acids can include sequences present in DNA viruses, RNA viruses, or reverse transcribing viruses.
- cancer-specific nucleic acids can include sequences derived from oncoviruses, including, but not limited to, human papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, human T-lymphotropic virus, Merkel cell polyoma virus, and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus.
- cancer-specific target nucleic acids can include mutant oncogenes, such as mutated ras, HRAS, KRAS, NRAS, BRAF, EGFR, FLT1, FLT4, KDR, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, ABL1, PDGFB, MYC, CCND1, CDK2, CDK4, or SRC genes; mutant tumor suppressor genes, such as TP53, TP63, TP73, MDM1, MDM2, ATM, RB1, RBL1, RBL2, PTEN, APC, DCC, WT1, IRF1, CDK2AP1, CDKN1A, CDKN1B, CDKN2A, TRIM3, BRCA1, or BRCA2 genes; and genes expressed in cancer cells, where the gene may not be mutated or genetically altered, but is not expressed in healthy cells of a sample at the time of administration, such as carcinoembryonic antigen.
- mutant oncogenes such as mutated ras, HRAS, KRAS, NR
- the target nucleic acids can be obtained prior to hybridizing the oligonucleotides in the templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids.
- the target nucleic acids can further be isolated from a target sample, such as a cell population, a tumor, a tissue, or an organ.
- the target nucleic acids can also be present in a whole cell lysate and not separated or isolated other cellular materials.
- the native secondary structures of the target nucleic acids is maintained prior to hybridization.
- the target nucleic acid can be present in differential amounts or concentrations in the target compartments as compared to the non-target compartments. Examples can include, but are not limited to, genes expressed at a different level in cancer cells than in healthy cells, such as myc, telomerase, HER2, or cyclin-dependent kinases. In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid sequence can be a gene that is at least 1.5 ⁇ -fold or 2.0 ⁇ -fold differentially expressed in the target versus the non-target compartments.
- Some examples of these can include, but are not limited to, genes related to mediating Type I allergic responses, for which target RNA molecules contain immunoglobulin epsilon heavy chain sequences; genes expressed in T cell subsets, such as specific T cell receptors (TCRs) which recognize self-antigens in the context of particular major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins like proinsulin-derived peptide and clonally-specific mRNAs containing ⁇ or ⁇ variable-region sequences, derived from diabetogenic CD8+ T cells; and cytokines whose production may have adverse outcomes through exacerbation of inflammatory responses, including but not limited to TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21, IL-22, IL-27, IL-31, IFN-gamma, OSM, and LIF.
- TCRs specific T cell
- a target nucleic acid is present in target compartments and an acceptable subgroup of non-target compartments, but not in a different or distinct subgroup of non-target compartments.
- Some non-limiting examples can include genes expressed in cancer cells and limited to classes of healthy cells, such as cancer-testis antigens, survivin, prostate-specific antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), alpha-fetoprotein and other onco-fetal proteins. Also, many tissues and organs are not essential to otherwise healthy life in the face of serious disease.
- melanocyte antigens such as Melan-A/MART-1 and gp100 are expressed on many malignant melanomas as well as normal melanocytes, and therapies that target these antigens can destroy both tumors and normal melanocytes, resulting in vitiligo, but major tumor reduction.
- the reproductive organs may be surgically removed, such as testis, ovary and uterus, as well as associated organs such as breast and prostate may be targeted when tumors of these tissues arise, and destruction of normal tissues within these organs may be a tolerable consequence of therapy.
- some cells that produce hormones, such as thyroxine and insulin can be replaced with the relevant peptide or protein, allowing potential targeting of normal cells that may exist in the presence of tumors of these origins.
- Target nucleic acids can also include novel sequences, not previously identified.
- a sample or samples can be evaluated by sequence analysis, such as next-generation sequencing, whole-transcriptome (RNA-seq) or whole-genome sequencing, microarray profiling, serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE), to determine the genetic makeup of the sample.
- Target nucleic acid sequences can be identified as those present in target compartments, but not present in non-target compartments, or present in differential amounts or concentrations in target compartments as compared to non-target compartments. Sequences identified by this method can then serve as target nucleic acids.
- hybridization conditions refers to conditions under which the oligonucleotides will hybridize to its target nucleic acids, typically in a complex mixture of nucleic acids, such as whole cell lysates, but to no other sequences. Hybridization conditions are sequence dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures.
- hybridization conditions are selected to be about 5-10 C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength pH.
- T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH, and nucleic concentration) at which 50% of the oligonucleotides complementary to the target hybridize to the target nucleic acids at equilibrium (as the target nucleic acids are present in excess, at T m , 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium).
- the templated assembly reactants with oligonucleotide sequences can be present in an excess over the target nucleic acids during hybridization.
- the oligonucleotides can be present in about a 10-100 fold excess over the target nucleic acids.
- the oligonucleotides can be about 5 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 15 ⁇ , 20 ⁇ , 25 ⁇ , 30 ⁇ , 35 ⁇ , 40 ⁇ , 45 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ , 55 ⁇ , 60 ⁇ , 65 ⁇ , 70 ⁇ , 75 ⁇ , 80 ⁇ , 85 ⁇ , 90 ⁇ , 95 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ , 125 ⁇ , 150 ⁇ , 200 ⁇ , 300 ⁇ , or any amount in between, excess over the target nucleic acids.
- templated assembly efficacy While excess of templated assembly reactants with oligonucleotide sequences (effector partials) over target templates is permissable, the converse situation (excess of target template) may reduce templated assembly efficacy.
- This “template titration” effect indicates that quantitation of template levels is highly useful, as well as identification of suitable specific sites within an RNA target molecule. Very low levels of an RNA target may also be counter-productive in terms of the application of templated assembly. Thus, an ideal range may exist for a specific template, influenced by steady-state template levels and other factors, including efficiency of target site access.
- Hybridization conditions can be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30 C for short probes (e.g., 10 to 50 nucleotides) and at least about 60 C for long oligonucleotides (e.g., greater than 50 nucleotides).
- Hybridization conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide.
- a positive signal is at least two times background, optionally 10 times background hybridization.
- Exemplary hybridization hybridization conditions can be as following: 50% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC, and 1% SDS, incubating at 42 C, or, 5 ⁇ SSC, 1% SDS, incubating at 65 C, with wash in 0.2 ⁇ SSC, and 0.1% SDS at 65 C.
- Such hybridizations and wash steps can be carried out for, e.g., 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, or more minutes. In an exemplary embodiment, such hybridizations and wash steps can be carried out for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after hybridization.
- the unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Hybridizations can also be performed successively.
- a first population of templated assembly reactants is hybridized to the target nucleic acids. Excess unbound templated assembly reactants of the first population can be removed. Then the second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants can be hybridized to the target nucleic acids that have been hybridized to the first population. Excess unbound templated assembly reactants of the second population can also be removed.
- Nucleic acid templated assembly brings two or more templated assembly reactants into proximity to generate a templated assembly ligation product.
- templated assembly ligation product refers to the product structure or structures formed by interaction, binding or reaction of one or more nucleic acid templated assembly reactants.
- a templated assembly ligation product may include an active effector product capable of producing a desired biological activity. Templated assembly ligation product formation is facilitated by the individual templated assembly reactants being assembled in a position- and/or orientation-specific manner through binding interactions, such as hybridization and annealing, with a target nucleic acid.
- Templated assembly reactants that come together on a single target template to take part in a templated assembly reaction are referred to herein as a “set of corresponding reactants” or “corresponding templated assembly reactants.”
- a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants bind in a sequence-specific manner to spatially proximate parts of a nucleic acid target template, and readily react with each other to produce templated assembly ligation products including an active effector structure.
- the templated assembly reaction can be, but is not limited to the following reactions: a click chemical reaction, a Staudinger chemistry, a non-traceless Staudinger ligation, traceless Staudinger ligation, a native chemical ligation, and other template assembly reactions.
- the templated assembly reaction can be either a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation or a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation.
- click reactions can be performed.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after templated assembly.
- the unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Identifying the target nucleic acids can include any, or a combination of, amplifying the reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants; selective cleavage of reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants; microcompartmentalizing the reacted templated assembly reactants from the unreacted templated assembly reactants; and sequencing the oligonucleotides from the reacted templated assembly reactants.
- Identification of the target nucleic acids can be performed by amplification of the complementary reacted templated assembly (CLOSE) reactants with primers complementary to the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides. Only templated assembly reactant pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined via specific templated assembly reaction with the formation of triazole product are potentially amplifiable by PCR, by virtue of the specific linkage produced between the reactants.
- CLOSE complementary reacted templated assembly
- non-contiguous (discontinuous) target sites may be effective, provided that they are brought into spatial proximity by virtue of folded RNA secondary structures, or other high-order structural arrangements.
- secondary structural motifs include stem loops, internal sites within loops, and pseudoknots.
- Oligonucleotides from the templated assembly reactants may hybridize to target nucleic acids in a spatially-proximal manner, yet be unable to promote amplifiable templated assembly reaction linkages. This may occur when the hybridizations juxtapose non-biologically amplifiable 5′-5′ or 3′-3′ ends, or where the templated assembly reaction between 5′- and 3′-modified ends of the template assembly reactants results in products whose size or structure is incompatible with polymerases.
- Selective cleavage of the reacted templated assembly reactants, or reacted products can also be performed. Restriction digestion of reacted products over unreacted products can utilize sites engineered into primer sites or linker sequences adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences. Reacted and unreacted products can also be differentiated by methylation specific enzymes. In some embodiments, cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation can be used. In some embodiments, the reacted products can be made double stranded through polymerase extension. The resulting duplex can be cleaved with an enzyme that recognizes a restriction site in the primer sites or linker sequences.
- the cleaved reacted products can also be enzymatically ligated to preserve the linkage information between proximally-hybridized sequences and enable amplification.
- In vitro compartmentalization can also be used to isolate templated assembly reaction linkages relies from unreacted templated assembly reactants by sequestering unreacted strands into individually-isolated compartments, preventing their ligation or reaction with other unreacted strands that may give spurious amplification signals (signals which have not resulted from original templated assembly reactions).
- emulsions which may be produced from any suitable combination of immiscible liquids.
- Hydrophilic solvents form “aqueous” droplets of microscopic or colloidal size. “Droplets” are also referred to as “microcompartments” herein.
- the aqueous droplets in the colloid can be formed from any hydrophilic material suitable for forming an emulsion, containing biochemical components in a stable form; and providing an environment in which the described reactions can occur.
- the emulsion may be stabilized by addition of one or more surface-active agents (surfactants).
- surfactants are termed emulsifying agents and act at the hydrophilic/hydrophobic interface to prevent (or at least delay) separation of the phases.
- Many hydrophobic liquids such as oils and many emulsifiers can be used for the generation of biphasic emulsions; a recent compilation listed over 16,000 surfactants, many of which are used as emulsifying agents (Ash, M. and Ash, I. Handbook of industrial surfactants. Gower Publishing Ltd: Aldershot, Hampshire, UK (1993); and Schick, Nonionic surfactants. Marcel Dekker: N.Y. (1996)) such as sorbitan monooleate (SPANTM 80; ICI)) and polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (TWEENTM 80; ICI)).
- SPANTM 80 sorbitan monooleate
- TWEENTM 80 polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate
- sequence of the oligonucleotides can be determined and verified using any suitable sequencing method including, but not limited to, chemical degradation (A. M. Maxam and W. Gilbert, Methods of Enzymology, 1980, 65, 499-560), matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight (MALDI-TOF) mass spectrometry (Pieles et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1993, 21, 3191-3196), mass spectrometry following alkaline phosphatase and exonuclease digestions (Wu et al., Anal. Biochem., 2001, 290, 347-352), and the like.
- chemical degradation A. M. Maxam and W. Gilbert, Methods of Enzymology, 1980, 65, 499-560
- MALDI-TOF matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight
- the target nucleic acids can be identified by amplifying the reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants and sequencing the oligonucleotides from the reacted templated assembly reactants.
- Methods for enrichment of templated assembly reactants are also disclosed.
- the enrichment can select for reacted templated assembly reactants with templated assembly targets having relevance to a pathology, diseased state, an aberrant cell of interest, or a particular cellular nucleic acid target.
- enrichment of a pair of templated assembly effectors from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products includes obtaining a library of oligonucleotides chemically ligated through templated assembly due to spatial proximity to cellular nucleic acid targets, amplifying the library of ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, and selectively enriching for ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, wherein the ligated targets are selected for relevance to a pathology of an aberrant cell of interest or to a discontinuous hybridization to the cellular nucleic acid targets.
- templated assembly effectors that have hybridized to a cellular RNA target source can be enriched towards a specific target RNA, where these are known from previous observations.
- a target-directed enrichment may be applied after chemical ligation of spatially proximal CLOSE effectors, and is herein termed “target-directed CLOSE.”
- the required target-directed enrichment is achievable by hybridizations between the subsets of CLOSE libraries which bind total cellular RNA, and a specific nucleic acid probe sequence corresponding to the target of interest. Such hybridizations are most efficient when both the CLOSE sublibrary and probes are rendered as single strands of appropriate complementarity.
- chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited refers to pairs of oligonucleotides that have been chemically ligated as a consequence of their spatial proximity through hybridization to target nucleic acid templates.
- a large CLOSE collection is referred to as a CLOSE library, which can be in primary, rearranged, or amplified forms.
- a primary CLOSE library includes chemical products of templated assembly reactions resulting from spatially-enabled reactions.
- An amplified CLOSE library can be derived directly from PCR of a primary library with a readable chemical ligation point, or indirectly, where PCR was permitted by priming site manipulations as achieved with a rearranged library.
- the CLOSE products include short PCR product duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides.
- Amplification of the CLOSE products can be performed by amplification of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides with primers complementary to the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides. Only oligonucleotides pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined via the templated assembly reaction are potentially amplifiable by PCR, by virtue of the linkage produced between the oligonucleotides.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after templated assembly.
- the unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, sequential precipitations with polyethylene glycol 8000 (PEG), enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Subtraction can also be used to enrich ligated oligonucleotide pairs of the CLOSE library.
- the ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a target cell or tissue from the CLOSE library can be enriched over ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a different cell or tissue.
- the ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells can be enriched over ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a normal cell counterpart.
- the ligated targets from an aberrant cell of interest can be enriched by removing ligated targets derived from normal cells of interest.
- Subtraction may be effected between libraries of ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells and normal cells, where biotinylated normal sequences are removed after hybridization by means of solid-phase streptavidin binding.
- the remaining ligated oligonucleotide pairs after subtraction can be further processed for identification.
- a method of valuating a pair of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products for templated assembly is also disclosed.
- the pair of CLOSE products as templated assembly reactants can be modified to interact readily with a corresponding modification on another templated assembly reactant, but will not readily interact with natural biomolecules.
- the modifications can impart a reactivity in a templated assembly reaction, such as a selectively-reactive moiety reactivity in a templated assembly reaction.
- Examples of a selectively-reactive moiety can include adding a bio-orthogonal reactive moiety.
- a pyrene group such as pyrene maleimide, can be added on the CLOSE products.
- the CLOSE products can also include 5′ and/or 3′ priming sites, and/or an intermediate, such as a linker or spacer.
- the CLOSE products can also be further processed for identification as described herein.
- a library of templated assembly reactants for identifying the templated assembly targets are disclosed.
- the library can include templated assembly reactants.
- the library includes first and second populations of templated assembly reactants, where the templated assembly reactants include an oligonucleotide sequence and a modification for reaction in a templated assembly reaction.
- a library can include chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products.
- CLOSE chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited
- the library can also include at least one pair of templated assembly targets enriched to include oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates.
- the CLOSE library can include an amplified library of chemically ligated products, and enriched oligonucleotides derived from aberrant target cells compared to normal cells.
- kits described herein can be used for discovery of novel templating sites in cells of interest. These can be linear sites within a continuous segment of target RNA template, discontinuous (conformationally-enabled) sites in the same target template, or sites within separate templates juxtaposed via higher-order nucleic acid or nucleoprotein complexes that form within specific cells.
- a templating site specific to cells of interest can be identified with the kits and methods described herein and used as a diagnostic criterion for identifying the presence of such cells of interest within a large background of other cells. For example, in a sample of blood, urine, ascites, cerebrospinal fluid, bronchial lavage, oral washings and sputum, Pap smears, tissue biopsies or organs, bile, fecal matter, or other bodily fluids or parts.
- kits can include templated assembly reactants that generate a fluorescent signal upon ligation of the templated assembly reactants, for example pyrene excimers, and fluorescent detection reagents.
- kits can include templated assembly reactants that catalyze an enzymatic reaction upon ligation of the templated assembly reactants and detection reagents for the enzymatic read-out, such as, but not limited to, ELISAs.
- Diagnostic test evaluations of a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants and the subject may be employed. This evaluation may serve to determine if a particular set of templated assembly reactants can be competent to produce an effector structure in a given subject. This may be useful if the templated assembly reactants have not been utilized previously, or if a current sample is significantly different from previous samples, e.g. the sample contains a lower level of target nucleic acid than previous samples.
- the kits and diagnostics can also detect the presence or absence of target nucleic acids in a sample, or the abundance of target nucleic acids in a sample.
- kits and diagnostics may also be useful in determining if a nucleic acid target is accessible for templated assembly reactions, providing information about secondary structures of a nucleic acid target in a sample.
- the competency of the templated assembly reactants to identify target nucleic acids can be determined.
- kits and diagnostics can include contacting the corresponding templated assembly reactants with a sample or multiple samples. Identification of a convenient in vitro readout for the activity produced by a successful templated assembly reaction is also included. Such readouts may include, but are not limited to, enzymatic activity like sandwich enzyme-linked immunosorbent and phosphatase assays, phosphorescence, immunofluorescence, bioluminescence, and the like may be performed.
- a sample or samples can be obtained from a subject to assay in vitro.
- a target compartment sample e.g., tumor biopsy
- non-target compartment negative control e.g., a sample of healthy tissue
- Samples may be lysed in a suitable buffer to release nucleic acids, which may facilitate ease of use or increase the sensitivity of the assay.
- Templated assembly reactants can be administered to the sample or lysate. When target nucleic acid is present, templated assembly ligation products are formed.
- Ligated products can then be bound by an immobilized capture molecule.
- the molecule may be immobilized on a vessel, such as a microtiter plate well, or on a substrate, such as an agarose bead or magnetic bead that is mixed with assay medium. Sample material and non-ligated reactants can be removed and the immobilized complex can be washed. A detector molecule specific for an accessible part of the templated assembly ligation product can be incubated with the immobilized complex, and an appropriate detection readout can be performed.
- specificity of the detector molecule, capture molecule, or both may selectively detect a structure on the templated assembly ligation product that is not present on any templated assembly reactant before the templated assembly reaction occurs, such that the templated assembly ligation products can be captured and/or detected.
- the specificity of the capture molecule selectively detects an effector product structure that is not present in the starting templated assembly reactants, ensuring that only templated ligation products are captured and detected.
- the specificity of the detector molecule can selectively detect a structure on one templated assembly reactant, and the specificity of the capture molecule can selectively detect a structure on a different templated assembly reactant, such that a templated assembly ligation product would include both structures and thus be detected.
- Sets of templated assembly reactants contained on a single compound may be incompatible with this embodiment.
- Example 1 Identification of Templated Assembly Target Sequences or Structures from a Sample, Using a Library of Templated Assembly Reactants Producing Amplifiable Linkages Between Oligonucleotides Bearing Pre-Appended Primer Sites (Actual Example)
- Random regions are constituted of 25:25:25:25 dA:dC:dG:dT ratios during phosphoramidite-based synthesis.
- One synthetic population has a 5′-iodo-dT modification for subsequent chemical conversion to a 5′ azide group, and a 3′-priming site for a PCR primer, capped with a 3′-phosphate group designed to prevent unwanted polymerase extensions from this end.
- the other bears a 5′-priming site for a PCR primer and a 3′-5-methyl-C alkyne modification (propargyl group). Configurations of these oligonucleotides are depicted in FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D .
- RNA from a cellular source of interest is hybridized with the random oligonucleotide populations.
- One principle relies on hybridization to accessible tracts of cellular RNAs by specific members from each library. Where two oligonucleotides from both libraries anneal to RNA sequences in sufficient spatial proximity, click-reactivity is suitable. The resulting chemical joining of such proximal strands allows their subsequent amplification and identification.
- the modified oligonucleotides Prior to hybridization, the modified oligonucleotides are subjected to a transient heat-denaturation step (2 minutes/80 C), but this is not applicable to the RNA target, owing to the need to preserve native secondary structures.
- Whole-cell lysates may also be screened in an equivalent manner, where both protease and RNase inhibitors are used in order to protect endogenous native folded RNA or ribonucleoprotein structures.
- RNA may be prepared by any standard procedures, including, but not limited to, kits from commercial suppliers such as Qiagen and Norgen.
- RNA may be prepared in the form of a whole cytoplasmic lysate, obtained under gentle conditions. Such conditions may be achieved, but are not limited to, the example of osmotic lysis, with a hypotonic buffer of 20 mM Tris pH 7.4, 10 mM NaCl, and 3 mM MgCl 2 . Lysis of cells should be performed where proteins are protected by protease-inhibitor cocktails with 1 mM phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF), and also in the presence of oxidation-insensitive ribonuclease inhibitors, such as (but not limited to) murine RNase inhibitor (New England Biolabs).
- PMSF phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride
- oxidation-insensitive ribonuclease inhibitors such as (but not limited to) murine RNase inhibitor (New England Biolabs).
- RNA-oligonucleotide hybridizations are performed with both random chemically-modified populations simultaneously in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA.
- Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Hybridizations can be performed in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol, and 2.4 units/ml murine RNase inhibitor (New England Biolabs).
- oligonucleotides When the hybridization step(s) are finished, unbound oligonucleotides are removed by PEG precipitation, ultrafiltration or gel size-exclusion chromatography. (Random oligonucleotides that have hybridized to the cellular RNA will co-purify with the RNA as long as the conditions favor DNA:RNA duplex persistence).
- unbound oligonucleotides are depleted by treatment with DNase I, where hybridized RNA:DNA duplexes are insensitive to DNase I action, and unhybridized primer sites P 1 and P 2 are protected by duplexing with 2′-O-methyl complementary strands ( FIG. 1C , FIG. 1D ).
- the DNase I treatment may be used as an alternative to other purification methods, or in conjunction with subsequent PEG precipitation, ultrafiltration or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Cu(I)-click catalyzed reactions are then performed in 50-100 ⁇ l volumes for 30-60 minutes/25 C. Until this step is completed, it is best to preserve the structural integrity of the target cellular RNAs, using stringent RNase-free conditions as much as possible, and suitable RNase inhibitors.
- Cu(I)-click catalysis may be performed with commercial kits, or with individual components as known in the art.
- the Cu(I) component can be delivered using specific chelators, including, but not limited to, the compounds TBTA, THPTA, BTTAA and BTTES (Besanceney-Webler et al., Angewandt Chemie International Edition, 2011, 50, 8051-8056).
- the preparations are desalted to remove copper ions, most conveniently using small disposable spin columns (Biorad or Pierce).
- PCR is then performed with primers matching the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides selected from the original random populations. Only oligonucleotide pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined are potentially amplifiable by this PCR process, by virtue of the “biocompatible” triazole linkage produced by the specific 5′-azide/3′-alkyne oligonucleotides used ( FIG. 2 ). Such joining can be promoted by either contiguous sites or sites juxtaposed by target RNA folding ( FIG. 2 ). Products can only be formed by CLOSE oligonucleotides that have annealed to target template in the correct orientations ( FIGS. 3A, 3B, 3C ).
- CLOSE Chemically-Ligated Oligonucleotides
- a primary CLOSE library contains the chemical products of click chemical reactions resulting directly from spatially-enabled reactions.
- An amplified CLOSE library is thus either derived directly from PCR of a primary library with a readable chemical ligation point, or indirectly, where PCR has become permitted by priming site manipulations as achieved with a rearranged library.
- Any amplified CLOSE library (whether directly or indirectly) is a large collection of short duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides defined by the PCR primers and priming sites used and the originally ligated spatially adjacent pair of oligonucleotides.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries from aberrant cells of interest vs. their normal counterparts may be directly subjected to sequencing and bioinformatic analyses. More focused approaches employ differential subtractive hybridizations to narrow the field of candidates.
- excised bands are cloned by means of 1-base 5′ dA overhangs resulting from amplification with Taq DNA polymerase.
- Such 5′ dA-CLOSE fragments are cloned into plasmid vectors with single base 5′ dT overhangs.
- Large numbers of plasmid clones in suitable E. coli hosts are isolated as mini-scale preparations, and subjected to conventional automated sequencing with primers up and downstream from the CLOSE insert, placed at a sufficient distance such that the read-through of the CLOSE insert is complete.
- Sequenced CLOSE clones were uniformly in the expected configuration, where a (+) strand 22-mer dimer (corresponding to the original single-stranded oligonucleotides) (from L- to R-, FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D ) is 5′ N 10 -CT-N 10 .
- a series of arbitrarily selected CLOSE clone sequences were compared to a set of randomly generated sequences of the same pattern ( FIG. 4 ). The CLOSE series had significantly higher GC content than would be expected on a purely random basis, suggesting that the hybridization-based selection procedure favored the greater stability conferred by higher GC levels.
- excised bands are prepared for next-generation sequencing according to Illumina protocols. In some embodiments of CLOSE cloning, excised bands are prepared for next-generation sequencing according to other Next-Generation Sequencing protocols, including, but not limited to, protocols for Pyrosequencing, ABI SOLiD sequencing, Helicos, Nanopore sequencing, and Ion Torrent sequencing.
- Sequence data is obtained from matched normal cells to the sequence CLOSE clones from amplified CLOSE libraries, by correspondence with the Method used for the CLOSE library of interest from aberrant cells.
- Selection criterion for rejection of candidate CLOSE clones include: failure to find any significant match between either of the decamer tracts and the expressed or genomic sequences of the cells of interest. “Significance” is here defined as at least a 70% match for either tract.
- CLOSE sequence pairs from the aberrant cell source of interest will be ranked by their frequency of appearance from random picking of cloned CLOSE libraries (by conventional cloning and sequencing).
- CLOSE pairs from aberrant cell sources will be screened against CLOSE pairs from corresponding normal sources. Where matches with the normal cell source are identified, the matching CLOSE pairs from aberrant cells will be excluded from further analysis.
- Sequences of potential interest noted for tumor cells include, but are not limited to, genomic or expressed genes for known oncogenes or tumor suppressors, cell cycle regulators and mediators, transcriptonal regulators and mediators, translational regulators and mediators, telomerases, cytoskeletal components, and kinases.
- Subtraction may be effected between libraries of ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells and normal cells, where biotinylated normal sequences are removed after hybridization by means of solid-phase streptavidin binding.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries obtained according to the protocols disclosed herein are derived from aberrant cells of interest.
- Normal cells as closely matched as possible to the same lineage and differentiation state of the aberrant cells of interest are chosen.
- Non-limiting examples include: melanoma cells, normal melanocytes, B lymphomas, normal B cells, T lymphomas, and normal T cells.
- CLOSE libraries are obtained from the matched normal cells of interest. Such libraries should be prepared in an identical manner as for the corresponding aberrant cells, except for the use of distinct priming sites (P 3 , P 4 ) in the initial oligonucleotides ( FIG. 5 ). Also, primers used in the final amplification step should bear 5′-biotin groups, such that the amplified CLOSE products themselves are biotinylated on both strands ( FIG. 5 ).
- both normal and aberrant CLOSE libraries are phenol-extracted and precipitated with 0.3 M sodium acetate and 2.5 volumes of ethanol, washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and redissolved in 20 ⁇ l TE.
- the normal biotinylated amplified CLOSE library is then mixed with its counterpart non-biotinylated library from aberrant cells, in a 10:1 ratio for normal:aberrant CLOSE products.
- the mixed library is denatured at 95° C. for 10 minutes, and then slowly cooled to room temperature.
- the re-hybridized products are then treated with excess solid-phase streptavidin to immobilize and remove all biotinylated strands.
- the solid-phase streptavidin may be magnetic streptavidin beads or streptavidin-agarose.
- the binding capacity of any solid-phase streptavidin matrix used should be at least 10-fold in excess of the total number of moles of biotinylated oligonucleotides.
- the solid-phase streptavidin matrix is then separated from the unbound non-biotinylated remainder, which is constituted by oligonucleotides from the aberrant cell CLOSE library that have not hybridized with biotinylated oligonucleotides from the corresponding normal cell library.
- a magnetic separator accomplishes the pull-down of solid-phase streptavidin.
- streptavidin-agarose the solid-phase streptavidin is separated by centrifugation at 5000 g/10 minutes.
- a sample of the soluble-phase material is then amplified using primers specific for the CLOSE library from the aberrant cell source of interest ( FIG. 5 ).
- the re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to a second cycle of subtraction against the original normal cell CLOSE library.
- the re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to a third cycle of subtraction against the original normal cell CLOSE library.
- the re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to sequence analyses
- oligonucleotide pairs restricted to aberrant cells may be selected through binding of cross-hybridizing pairs (within populations derived from aberrant cells themselves) with normal cellular RNA sources.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries obtained according to the protocols herein are derived from aberrant cells of interest.
- CLOSE libraries are reamplified where primer P 1 bears a 5′-desthiobiotin modification, and primer P 2 is unmodified ( FIG. 6 ).
- the hemi-desthiobiotinylated amplified CLOSE library is denatured at 95° C./10 minutes, and then incubated with an excess of a solid-phase streptavidin matrix.
- the solid-phase streptavidin matrix is washed three times with Tris-buffered saline, and then the bound desthiobiotin strands are eluted with 5 mM free biotin ( FIG. 6 ).
- the eluate is desalted and excess free biotin removed by gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- the desthiobiotinyated strand corresponds to the same sense as the primary CLOSE library obtained from the original hybridization with aberrant RNA. Matched normal cells for the aberrant cells of interest are chosen. Whole RNA preparations are isolated from the normal cellular source.
- Free desthiobiotinylated strands are denatured (80° C./5 minutes) and allowed to hybridize to the cellular RNA preparations for the same time period as used for the original CLOSE library hybridization itself with aberrant cell-derived RNA.
- RNA preparations are not heat-treated prior to addition of the denatured CLOSE library.
- RNA preparations are in a 2-fold molar excess over the desthiobiotinylated strands, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases. This process is depicted in FIG. 7 .
- RNA-CLOSE library members are separated from unbound CLOSE library members by gel size-exclusion chromatography. Samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified and processed under the same conditions as disclosed above, resulting in an amplified selected population of desthiobiotinylated strands ( FIG. 7 ).
- Free desthiobiotinylated strands are hybridized to the same normal RNA target, under the same conditions as disclosed above.
- the hybridized RNA-CLOSE library members are separated from unbound CLOSE library members by gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- the samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified with normal (non-biotinylated) primers, to form an amplified population of selected duplex strands.
- the samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified and processed under the same conditions as disclosed above, resulting in an amplified secondarily selected population of desthiobiotinylated strands.
- unbound desthiobiotinylated strands are selected, and then re-amplified with normal (non-biotinylated) primers, to form an amplified secondary population of selected duplex strands.
- the amplified unbound CLOSE libraries are subjected to sequence analyses.
- CLOSE candidates identified through methods disclosed above (or any combination thereof), or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently, should be confirmed for their activity and efficacy in such a way as to permit focusing on the specific candidates with the greatest potential for driving high-level templated assembly.
- An independent measure of molecular proximity is the elicitation of excimer fluorescence between pyrene molecules.
- each decamer constituent of a CLOSE pair candidate will have identified cellular template(s) upon which it can hybridize. Based on the known templates identified through application of the CLOSE technology, it may be useful in at least a subset of cases to extend either or both of the decamer pairs, as dictated by the complementary sequences of the templates to which they target for hybridization. Extension may assist in cyto templating through thermal duplex stabilization. Such extended and optimized candidates are also evaluated.
- the individual decamer sequences which together constitute a CLOSE pair are separately re-synthesized and labeled with pyrene groups ( FIGS. 8A and 8B ).
- Pyrene labeling is effected by incorporating terminal thiol groups into synthesized DNAs (at either 5′- or 3′-ends as appropriate, as reducible disulfides in each case), and subsequently reacting the —SH groups with pyrene maleimide.
- the pyrene group can be alternatively added by a pyrene maleimide with a spacer arm between the pyrene and maleimide moieties, including, but not limited to, pyrene-4-maleimide.
- the sites of pyrene additions are based on the type of CLOSE Method originally used.
- CLOSE pairs identified with some of the methods above pyrene modifications are appended at the same 5′- and 3′-ends as used for the original azide and alkyne modifications, respectively ( FIGS. 1A-1D ). Since CLOSE pairs identified with some of the methods above contain flanking sequences between the decamer tracts, these kinds of pairs are evaluated with pyrene groups appended to the exact original sequences, or the decamer tracts without the original flanking sequences.
- pyrene modifications are performed on analogs of CLOSE decamers with nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or sugar moieties. These include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-methyl-nucleotides and phosphothioate nucleotides.
- Nuclease-modified and pyrene-labeled CLOSE decamers are transfected into target aberrant cells of interest, and also matched normal counterpart control cells lacking the exact target template. Fluorescence corresponding to excimer formation is assessed by fluorescence microscopy, and quantitated by spectrofluorometry.
- Positive excimer signals both confirm the spatial proximity of the CLOSE oligonucleotide pairs, and also, by virtue of their relative signal strengths, provide relative transcript levels. Signal strength as a combination of both accessibility and template copy number thereby provides a metric for relative potential templated assembly levels between different CLOSE decamers equipped with effector partial structures.
- CLOSE candidates or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently can be confirmed for their efficacy, and evaluated for the relative abundances of their target templates by click ligation and QPCR.
- the same approaches as described above can be applied towards optimization of each candidate pair.
- extensions based on known target template sequences can also be evaluated in the same manner.
- Individual specific CLOSE candidates are resynthesized with an alternative set of primer sites (P 1 and P 2 , as in FIGS. 1A-1D ).
- a set of up to five separate candidate CLOSE decameric oligonucleotides are synthesized with distinct primer sites for each (P 1 . 1 /P 2 . 1 ; P 1 . 1 /P 2 . 2 ; P 1 . 3 /P 2 . 3 ; P 1 . 4 /P 2 . 4 ; and P 1 . 5 /P 2 . 5 ).
- Each pair of individual CLOSE candidates is separately incubated with an RNA preparation or a cytoplasmic lysate containing RNA and ribonucleoproteins, and excess oligonucleotides removed post-hybridization.
- Each preparation is subjected to click chemical ligation with Cu(I) catalysis under conditions of protection from RNases, and then desalted. After Cu(I) click-mediated ligations and desalting, preparations are treated with RNase A, RNase 1 f , and RNase III.
- QPCR quantitative PCR
- the appended 5′-fluor may be, but is not limited to, FAMTM, TAMRATM, CySTM Cy3TM, HEXTM, JOETM or ROXTM.
- the appended 3′-quencher may be, but is not limited to, BHQ1TM, BHQ2TM, IowaBlack®-FQ, or IowaBlack®RQ.
- QPCR read-outs are normalized to a corresponding signals from a composite panel of housekeeping genes (Vandesompele et al. 2002), or any subset or combination thereof. Relative normalized QPCR values are obtained for each candidate primer, where values are proportional to the original template copy number enabling proximity-promoted click-chemical ligation.
- the initial hybridizing specific candidate CLOSE pairs are set up for multiplexing.
- up to five separate pairs of specific CLOSE decamers are simultaneously added for hybridizing to the RNA or whole-cell lysate targets described above.
- the multiplexed preparations are treated as described above.
- the multiplexed sets of chemically ligated specific CLOSE pairs are used for QPCR in single determinations, where each CLOSE pair itself is defined by a separate probe corresponding to the specific decamer regions in each case, and by use of ligated pair-specific probe-quencher combinations.
- the relative levels of each individual target within a multiplexed determination is derived from the specific fluorescent marker in each case, and related to corresponding levels of normal housekeeping gene controls.
- Example 7 Evaluation of CLOSE-Derived Candidate Sequences or Structures by Digital PCR Amplification: Confirmation of Molecular Proximity and Quantitation of Copy Number, and Optimization of Decamer Constituents (Prophetic Example)
- CLOSE candidates or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently can be confirmed for their efficacy, and evaluated for the absolute abundances of their target templates by click ligation and digital PCR. It is desirable to gauge target transcript expression levels owing to the possibility of template titration, as noted above. In addition, the same approaches as described herein can be applied towards optimization of each candidate pair. Where decamer pairs have been obtained from CLOSE libraries, extensions based on known target template sequences (as described herein) can also be evaluated in the same manner.
- Individual specific CLOSE candidates are resynthesized with an alternative set of primer sites (P 1 and P 2 , as in FIGS. 1A-1D ).
- a set of up to five separate candidate CLOSE decameric oligonucleotides are synthesized with distinct primer sites for each (P 1 . 1 /P 2 . 1 ; P 1 . 1 /P 2 . 2 ; P 1 . 3 /P 2 . 3 ; P 1 . 4 /P 2 . 4 ; and P 1 . 5 /P 2 . 5 ).
- Each preparation is subjected to click chemical ligation with Cu(I) catalysis under conditions of protection from RNases, desalted, and treated with RNases.
- Samples of preparations separately derived in each specific case are then molecularly partitioned into distinct compartments for digital PCR, along with Taq DNA polymerase, dNTPs, standard PCR buffer with 1.5 mM magnesium chloride, cognate primers, and a specific dual-labeled probe for fluorescent quantitation of each targeted paired decamer ( FIG. 10 ).
- molecular partitioning of components for digital PCR is achieved by means of microcompartments, effected through application of commercially available technologies, including, but not limited to, those marketed by Bio-Rad and RainDance Technologies as QX100 and RainDrop systems, respectively.
- molecular partitioning of components for digital PCR is achieved by microfluidic chambers, effected through application of commercially available technologies, including, but not limited to, those marketed by Fluidigm (BioMark system).
- Each preparation of partitioned targets, primers, probes, and other amplification components is subjected to thermal amplification, such that specific fluorescent signal is generated where amplification of target occurs, where signals provide a digital measure of active compartments, and in turn quantitation of their encompassed individual target molecules. Compartment processing, fluorescent measurements and subsequent enumeration of target numbers is performed according to the manufacturers' specifications and instructions.
- the initial hybridizing specific CLOSE pairs are set up for multiplexing.
- up to five separate pairs of specific CLOSE decamers are simultaneously added for hybridizing to the RNA or whole-cell lysate targets described above.
- the processing of the hybridizing sample and multiplexing CLOSE oligonucleotides proceeds as described above.
- the combined sample containing multiplexed chemically ligated pairs of CLOSE decamers is split into separate assays for each specific target determination by digital PCR amplification and analysis. Distinct targets are specified by unique primer combinations and unique fluor probe labels.
- Multiplexing is performed at the hybridization level, but the digital PCR analysis is performed at a 1-plex level.
- the combined sample containing multiplexed chemically ligated pairs of CLOSE decamers is analysed by multiplexed digital PCR, where in addition to the components specified above, each specific primer pair (defined for each CLOSE target), and each fluorescently labeled probe is also present.
- Each digital compartment contains multiple primers and probes, but where specificity within each compartment is generated by sequencing matching between primers and probes and the single CLOSE chemically ligated target molecule present in each case.
- the digital PCR amplification and analysis is as specified described above, with the additional feature of simultaneous analysis of multiple fluorescent signals, distinguishable by virtue of their separate emission wavelengths, in accordance with the manufacturers' specifications and instructions for instruments specified above.
- Multiplexing is performed both at the hybridization level, and the level of digital PCR analysis.
- each sample was treated +/ ⁇ DNase I for 4 hours at 28 C, followed by phenol extraction, desalting (Bio-Rad P6 Spin columns in 10 mM Tris pH 7.4), and precipitation. After pelleting, washing, and drying, each sample was subjected to a standard THPTA-click reaction.
- a premix of the following components was prepared with additions in the following order: 20 ⁇ l 70 mM Tris (3hydroxypropyltriazolyl methyl) amine (THPTA) in 0.155 M NaCl, 4 ⁇ l 500 mM Na-ascorbate in 0.155 M NaCl, 2 ⁇ l 100 mM CuSO 4 in 0.155 M NaCl, and 2.6 ⁇ l of this premix was then added to each of the tubes for the click reaction, such that the final volume was 50 ⁇ l in x1 phosphate-buffered saline. Tubes were incubated for 30 minutes/0 C (on ice), and then 2 hours/25 C.
- THPTA Tris (3hydroxypropyltriazolyl methyl) amine
- tube contents were desalted though Bio-Rad PC columns as above, and 0.5 ⁇ l of each ( 1/100) was subjected to PCR amplification with primers matching the CLOSE oligonucleotide priming sites.
- the PCR cycle used the touchdown amplification strategy, with final temperature of 60 C, and 22 cycles at the final touchdown temperature.
- Lane 1 amplified CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase
- Products were cloned with the pGEM-Teasy vector system (Promega) and individual plasmid clones were sequenced with primers upstream and downstream of the insertion point of the cloned fragments. Sequences were compared with the human transcriptome via BLAST searches. Of 31 clones analyzed, a number showed matches to specific cellular RNAs for ⁇ 16/20 bases within the regions corresponding to the two decameric random regions of each monomeric CLOSE oligonucleotide.
- RNAs in the original MU89 melanoma cell source were tested by PCR with primers specific for each candidate RNA target.
- the following RNAs were expressed in MU89 and emerged as initial candidates for further CLOSE analysis: NOL9, OTUB1 (transcript variant 2), BRCA2, MAPKAPK2, and ALPK1 (transcript variants 1 and 2).
- CLOSE oligos 1) TRT-AK: (SEQ ID NO: 45) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCANNNNNNNNC Me - propargyl; 2) AZC-TRT-n2: (SEQ ID NO: 46) azide-dT NNNNNNNNNNAGGTGATAGGTGGAGGTGGTA-p; Primers for amplification of the ligated CLOSE oligos: 1) Trz.F: (SEQ ID NO: 47) CATCTCCACCTCCATAAC; 2) Trz.R-n2: (SEQ ID NO: 48) TACCACCTCCACCTATCACCT; Protector oligonucleotides with 2′-O-methyl backbones: 1) TrzFco-2OM: (SEQ ID NO: 49) UGGGUUAUGGAGGUGGAGAUG; 2) TrzR-n2-2OM: (SEQ ID NO: 50) UACCACCUCCACCUAUCACCU;
- melanoma cell line MU89 RNA (9.0 ⁇ g; prepared by Qiagen RNAeasy protocol) was mixed with 200 pmol of CLOSE oligonucleotides (200 pmol each of oligonucleotides TRT-AK and AZ-TRT-n2 (see Example 8) preannealed with equimolar amounts of 2′-O-Me primer site-protecting strands (see Example 8), or 200 pmol of the same CLOSE oligonucleotides without any protecting strand pre-annealing.
- CLOSE oligonucleotides 200 pmol each of oligonucleotides TRT-AK and AZ-TRT-n2 (see Example 8) preannealed with equimolar amounts of 2′-O-Me primer site-protecting strands (see Example 8), or 200 pmol of the same CLOSE oligonucleotides without any protecting strand pre-annealing.
- Each preparation (50 ⁇ l final volume) was constituted with 50 mM Tris pH 8.3, 2.5 mM EDTA, 2 M NaCl, 40 units murine RNase inhibitor (Promega), with 3.2% PEG added (4 ⁇ l) as the final constituent from a 40% PEG stock.
- tubes were centrifuged 10 minutes/maximal speed in a microfuge ( ⁇ 14 k rpm). The resulting supernatants were carefully removed and retained, and pellets redissolved into a fresh solution (50 ⁇ l) containing the same buffer, salt, RNase inhibitor, and PEG concentrations. After an additional 30 minutes on ice, tubes were centrifuged as before, supernatants removed and retained, and the final pellets re-dissolved in 50 ⁇ l TE.
- a combination of a single PEG precipitation and DNase I treatment were effective for removal of the major portion of unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides.
- Hybridizations with target cellular RNAs (performed as detailed in Example 1; most commonly at 30 C) were subjected to precipitation with 3.2% PEG, using the same salt and buffer conditions as for Example 9.
- click reactions were performed (always with parallel controls of samples treated identically but without the click reagents) followed by desalting, using conditions as for Example 8.
- L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides form a 22-mer with an intervening CT sequence, either from contiguous hybridization sites, or sites which are proximally spatial but non-contiguous in target sequence ( FIG. 14 ). With respect to the latter, the positioning of the hybridizing L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides along the template is significant for the kinds of secondary structures which can result in site spatial proximities.
- Tubes were incubated for 30 minutes/0 C (on ice), and then 2 hours at 25 C. At the end of the incubation period, tube contents were desalted though Bio-Rad P6 columns as above, and precipitated with 20 ⁇ g glycogen (Sigma). After centrifugation, pellets were washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and re-dissolved in 5 ⁇ l TE. Samples of each (1 ⁇ l) were run on 15% urea denaturing gels and stained with SYBR-gold. Results showed the expected click chemical ligation product arising from templating on the linear template ( FIG. 16 ; Lane 2, relative to the no-click control Lane 1). A corresponding click band was seen with the Loop-Exo1 ( FIG.
- Loop-Exo1 in terms of the positioning of the click-complementary sites relative to the self-complementary region: with Loop-Exo1, the click-complementary sites were 1 base from the self-complementary region; with Loop-Exo2, this was increased to 5 bases. Exo-click activity was nonetheless still observed.
- Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 16 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGC Me - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 53) GAAAT AGATGGTCCA
- Loop-forming template with complementary sites for click oligonucleotides 1 and 2, in Exo configuration (‘Loop-Exo2’; 60-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 56) GCGCGCGCGC TCCTT GCTGGACAAG TTTTCCTTTT AGATGGTCCA TTCCT GCGCGCGCGCGC Control oligonucleotide for Loop-Exo2, without self-complementary regions (‘Ctrl-Exo2’; 60-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 57) ACGGACTGCTTCCTT GCTGGACAAG TTTTCCTTTTTT AGATGGTCCA TTCCTT CATCAAACC
- Underlined sequences show the GC regions whose self-complementarity enables loop formation.
- Bold sequences show sites complementary to the above click oligonucleotides 1 and 2.
- AGATGGTCCA Complementary to click oligo-1 (SEQ ID NO:58);
- GCTGGACAAG Complementary to click oligo-2 (SEQ ID NO:59).
- Example 12 In Vitro Click Reactions with Spatially Proximal but Noncontiguous Hybridization Sites Through Stem Loops (Actual Example)
- Click oligonucleotides 50 pmol each for 5′-azide and 3′-linear alkyne labeled strands
- various templates 50 pmol
- 25 ⁇ l x1 M buffer 10 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol
- oligonucleotides were prepared by TriLink (5′-azide oligo) or University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Facility (3′-alkyne oligo).
- Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 19 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGC Me - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 60) GAAAT AGATGGTCCA
- Underlined sequences show the regions whose self-complementarity enables stem loop formation.
- Bold sequences show sites complementary to the above click oligonucleotides 1 and 2.
- AGATGGTCCA Complementary to click oligo-1 (SEQ ID NO:58);
- GCTGGACAAG Complementary to click oligo-2 (SEQ ID NO:59).
- Example 13 Pyrene Excimer Activity Produced by Specific Template-Directed Hybridization (Actual Example)
- Pyrene excimer fluorescence can be used to demonstrate molecular proximity of CLOSE oligonucleotides on a target template, and thus serve as a means for validation of candidate targets.
- the following protocol for demonstration of specificity of pyrene-labeled oligonucleotides on DNA copies of Human Papillomavirus (HPV) RNA templates was used.
- Pyrene oligonucleotides with 2′ O-methyl backbones (SEQ ID NO: 64) PyeTO.1: 5′-pyrene-(C6)-UUUCUUCAGGACACAG; PyeTO.2: (SEQ ID NO: 65) UCCAGAUGUCUUUGC-(C6)-pyrene-3′;
- CLOSE intersection analysis software was developed (“CLOSE intersection analysis”) to work in conjunction with free online BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool) software, available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information.
- BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
- This novel software was particularly needed for identifying non-contiguous CLOSE hits on a single template, for which BLAST alone is not well-suited.
- the basic strategy involves treating each sequenced L- and R-11-mer of a CLOSE dimer separately for the purposes of BLAST searching of the human RNA-Seq database. (This parallels the actual situation with hybridization of each L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotide, prior to RNA template-directed chemical ligation).
- Representative software as a flow-chart is depicted in FIG. 22 , and also illustrated in FIG. 23 .
- Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 24 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGC Me - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 60) GAAATAGATGGTCCAGCTGGACAAGCAGAA; PLXA3-Exo Model: (SEQ ID NO: 66) TTCTG GCTGGACAAG TCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCG AGATGGTCCA GA ACA; PLXA3-Endo Model: (SEQ ID NO: 67) TTCTG AGATGGTCCA TCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCG GCTGGACAA GGA ACA.
- the effect of excess target template on bimolecular effector partial assembly can be inferred from a priori reasoning ( FIG. 25 ), stemming from the predicted sequestration and dilution of effector partials upon excess target templates, reducing the frequency whereby two effector partials pair on the same template with concomitant directed templated assembly.
- RNA oligonucleotide served as the template, since high concentrations of template would interfere with the gel-band assay read-out unless removed, and the RNA strands were readily removable by alkaline hydrolysis.
- the template oligonucleotide used in this case was an RNA version of the same linear DNA template as previously used (Examples 11 and 12).
- MU89 RNA was included as a specificity control, and no templated effector assembly was found.
- a titration effect was also clearly demonstrable with the RNA oligonucleotide as template.
- optimal click product formation occurred at 10:1 template:effector ratio, but was almost absent at 100:1 template:effector ratio. This general trend was reproducible in subsequent tests.
- RNA-templated assembly was improved at higher template levels, up to at least as much as a 10:1 molar ratio ( FIG. 27 ). It is very likely that this apparent divergence can be ascribed to the nature of the respective templates.
- the DNA template has little propensity for formation of secondary structures, whereas the RNA template can form a small stem loop ( FIG. 27 ). Moroever, RNA duplexes have increased thermal stability over cognate DNA helices.
- Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 27 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGC Me - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear RNA template: (SEQ ID NO: 68) GAAAU AGAUGGUCCA
- Target-Directed CLOSE focuses on known tumor-specific transcripts.
- An expressed tumor-specific translocation is a good model for the this directed form of CLOSE technology, where both segments spanning the fusion junction correspond to normal transcripts.
- a tumor-specific linear contiguous translocation is by definition restricted to the junction sequence itself.
- folding of the transcripts (which are often very large) has the potential to produce multiple discontinuous sites that are unique to the translocation (shown schematically in FIG. 28 ). These sites in term may be found by CLOSE analysis, with application as templated assembly targets.
- the BCR-ABL translocation transcript has long been known as a marker and driver (via the expression of the fusion BCR-ABL kinase) of chronic myelogeous leukemias, and certain other transformed states. It is strongly expressed in the leukemic cell line K562, which was used in the experimental work for this Example.
- RNA from K562 cells was used to perform CLOSE analysis as for Example 1, and following the hybridization, unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides were removed according to the protocol described in Example 10.
- Amplified CLOSE chemically-ligated dimers (templated on global K562 RNA) were then used prepare single-strands corresponding to the same sense as the original CLOSE library oligonucleotides. To accomplish this, asymmetric PCR was performed with the top (desired) strand in a 10-fold excess over the bottom strand, which was also biotinylated.
- the 1338-probe was amplified from reverse-transcribed K562 RNA, with the bottom strand biotinylated. After binding the product to streptavidin magnetic beads, the desired top strand was obtained by denaturation with 0.1 M sodium hydroxide/5 mM EDTA (20 seconds), followed by rapid ethanol precipitation with 20 ⁇ g glycogen/0.3 M sodium acetate. After pelleting and washing with 70% ethanol, the single-stranded probe was dried and reconstituted in TE buffer.
- Single strands for both the 1338-probe and primary K562 RNA-selected CLOSE products were hybridized for 6 hours at 30 C, after which it is necessary to separate the unbound CLOSE fraction.
- agarose gels including the PippinPrep apparatus (Sage Science). This is shown schematically in FIG. 32A . Separation in such a gel system is facilitated by the large size differential between CLOSE dimeric oligonucleotides and probe sequence.
- the probe and hybridized CLOSE strands co-migrate; their mobilities may be identified by SYBR-gold staining following by band excision and nucleic acid elution.
- a mock band with the same mobility as the probe from CLOSE products lacking the hybridization probe may be included as a control ( FIG. 32A ).
- CLOSE products co-migrating with the probe are re-amplified, and used to prepare single-stranded material as above. This enables the Target-Directed CLOSE cycle to proceed with hybridization of first-round CLOSE selected single-stranded product with the same probe, with progressive enrichment of specifically-hybridizing sequences achievable with each cycle run. After at least two cycles, CLOSE products may be cloned and subjected to sequence analysis as above.
- Example 17 Identification of Templated Assembly Target Sequences or Structures from a Sample, Via Processing of Unnatural 5′-5′ Linkages to Allow Amplification of Chemically-Ligated Pairs (Prophetic Example)
- RNA target structures may promote proximity between either 5′-5′ or 3′-3′ ends ( FIGS. 34A and 34B ), enabling click reactivity to produce unnatural strand linkages (shown for 5′-5′; FIG. 35 ).
- Flanking sequences constitute priming sites at one end of each oligonucleotide (P 1 and P 2 ), and at the other ends, shorter regions (“adapting sites”; A 1 and A 2 ; FIG.
- Each adapting site contains a recognition site for a separate restriction enzyme (E 1 and E 2 of FIG. 35 ), where the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation.
- E 1 and E 2 a separate restriction enzyme
- the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation.
- the resulting ligated E 1 -E 2 product is not cleavable by either enzyme.
- Primer sites are designed to exclude the recognition sequences chosen for E 1 and E 2 .
- the manner of chemical linkage of 5′-azide or 5′-cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or alkyne groups to the terminal 5′ nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms ( FIGS. 36A and 36B ).
- the azide group is linked to the nucleic acid 5′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the alkyne group through an appended hexanyl group.
- RNA preparations from cells of interest or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations.
- Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA.
- Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- oligonucleotide removal Following hybridization, proximity-induced spontaneous reactions between 5′-azide and strained 5′ cycloalkyne moieties, excess oligonucleotide removal, and desalting are performed. Preparations are then treated with RNase A and RNase 1. Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and minority desired 5′-5′ reacted products.
- All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double-stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Priming Site 1 (P 1 ) and Adapting Site 2 (A 2 ), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli , such that each new strand is extended as far as the 5′-5′ junctional point ( FIG. 37 ).
- an alternative embodiment uses a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions. Cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used.
- a 5′-phosphorylated strand complementary to region A 1 is annealed with templates prior to extension reactions.
- Adapting region A 2 is kept unmethylated through priming from its non-methylated complementary strand; FIG. 38 ).
- a non-strand-displacing polymerase is used, such as T4 DNA polymerase ( FIG. 38 ).
- T4 DNA polymerase FIG. 38 .
- the resulting nick between the 5′-phosphorylated complement to region A 1 and newly extended strand is sealed with T4 DNA ligase ( FIG. 38 ).
- the resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E 2 ( FIG. 37 ).
- the enzyme E 2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 5′-5′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E 2 .
- Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al., 2009 ( FIG. 39 ).
- each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E 1 . Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment ( FIG. 39 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well ( FIG. 40 ).
- the E 1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme.
- Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 5′-5′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment ( FIG. 41 ). Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment ( FIG. 42 ). Compartments whose oligonucleotides were not initially chemically ligated into dimers ( FIG. 39 ) cannot participate in this re-ligation/re-cutting cycle.
- Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- Example 18 Identification of Templated Assembly Target Sequences or Structures from a Sample, Via Processing of Unnatural 3′-3′ Linkages to Allow Amplification of Chemically-Ligated Pairs (Prophetic Example)
- the manner of chemical linkage of 3′-azide or 3′-cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or cycloalkyne groups to the terminal 3′ nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms ( FIGS. 44A and 44B ).
- the azide group is linked to the nucleic acid 3′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the cycloalkyne group through an appended hexanyl group.
- RNA preparations from cells of interest or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations.
- Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA.
- Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and minority desired 3′-3′ reacted products.
- All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Priming Site 2 (P 2 ) and Adapting Site 1 (A 1 ), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli , such that each new strand is extended as far as the 3′-3′ junctional point ( FIG. 45 ).
- an alternative embodiment uses a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions.
- cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used.
- a 5′-phosphorylated strand complementary to region A 2 is annealed with templates prior to extension reactions.
- Adapting region A 1 is kept unmethylated through priming from its non-methylated complementary strand; FIG. 16 ). Since the complementary strand to region A 1 should not be displaced during primer extension, a non-strand-displacing polymerase should be used, such as T4 DNA polymerase ( FIG. 16 ). The resulting nick between the 5′-phosphorylated complement to region A 1 and newly extended strand is sealed with T4 DNA ligase ( FIG. 46 ).
- the resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E 2 .
- the enzyme E 2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 3′-3′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E 2 .
- Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al. 2009 ( FIG. 47 ).
- each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E 1 . Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment ( FIG. 47 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well ( FIG. 48 ).
- the E 1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme.
- Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 3′-3′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment ( FIG. 49 ). Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment ( FIG. 50 ). Compartments whose oligonucleotides were not initially chemically ligated into dimers ( FIG. 48 ) cannot participate in this religation/recutting cycle.
- Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- Example 19 Identification of Templated Assembly Target Sequences or Structures from a Sample, Via Processing of 5′-3′ Linkages where the Chemical Ligation Between Pairs of Oligonucleotides is not Compatible with Direct Polymerase Read-Through (Prophetic Example)
- oligonucleotides with 5′- and 3′-click groups are synthesized. Either (5′-cycloalkyne plus 3′-azide), or (5′-azide plus 3′-cycloalkyne) sets of populations can be used, since there is no requirement for polymerase read-through. All oligonucleotides bear random tracts with specific flanking sequences (depicted in FIG. 51 ). Flanking sequences constitute priming sites at one end of each oligonucleotide (P 1 and P 2 ), and at the other ends, shorter regions (“adapting sites”; A 1 and A 2 ) for enabling enzymatic rearrangements and dimer amplifications.
- Each adapting site contains a recognition site for a separate restriction enzyme (E 1 and E 2 of FIG. 51 ), where the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation.
- E 1 and E 2 a separate restriction enzyme
- the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation.
- the resulting ligated E 1 -E 2 product is not cleavable by either enzyme.
- Primer sites are designed to exclude the recognition sequences chosen for E 1 and E 2 .
- Example 4 Since in Example 4, there is no requirement for 5′-3′ chemical ligations to be directly readable by any nucleic acid polymerase, the manner of chemical linkage of azide or cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or alkyne groups to the terminal nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms ( FIGS. 52A, 52B, 52C, and 52D ).
- the azide moiety is linked to either the nucleic acid 5′ end or 3′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the alkyne moiety to either the nucleic acid 5′ end or 3′ end in the form an appended cycooctyne group.
- oligonucleotide populations are hybridized with whole RNA preparations from cells of interest, or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations.
- Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA.
- Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- labeled oligonucleotide populations may be introduced into living cells, for in cyto hybridization.
- Hybrid oligonucleotides are synthesized with nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or sugar moieties, except where there is a need for restriction enzyme cleavage in order to effect the desired rearrangments that permit amplification ( FIGS. 53A and 53B ).
- All oligonucleotide termini are composed of modified segments. Where these constitute the A 1 and A 2 regions containing restriction sites ( FIG.
- the A 1 and A 2 regions with normal bases and backbones are extended by 3 bases with modified backbones to deter exonucleolytic attack.
- Modified segments of these oligonucleotides include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-methyl-nucleotides and phosphorothioate nucleotides.
- partially nuclease-resistant oligonucleotides are introduced into target cells of interest by commercially available transfection reagents, including, but not limited to Lipofectamine and Fugene.
- Example 2 the method proceeds as in Example 2 in terms of treatment with ribonucleases.
- cells are disrupted and subjected to treatments with both RNases and proteases.
- Protease treatments include, but are not limited to, Proteinase K.
- preparations are depleted of low-molecular weight products by gel size exclusion chromatography.
- Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and desired 5′-3′ reacted products. All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Adapting Site 1 (A 1 ) and Adapting Site 2 (A 2 ), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli , such that each new strand is extended from, or as far as, the 5′-3′ junctional point ( FIG. 54 ).
- the primer extension procedure is modified.
- ribose moieties are modified as 2′-O-methyl derivatives
- reverse transcriptase enzymes may be used for extension purposes instead of Klenow fragment, using the same A 1 and A 2 primers as described above.
- a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate is used, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions.
- cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used. (Adapting regions A 1 and A 2 are kept unmethylated through priming from non-methylated complementary strands; FIG. 54 ).
- the resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E 2 .
- the enzyme E 2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 5′-3′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E 2 .
- Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al. 2009 ( FIG. 55 ).
- each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E 1 . Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment ( FIG. 55 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well ( FIG. 56 ).
- the E 1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme ( FIG. 57 ).
- Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 5′-3′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment. Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment ( FIG. 58 ). Compartments with unreacted oligonucleotides are partitioned from other potentially ligatable molecules ( FIG. 56 ).
- Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- Example 19 “communication” with microcompartments is effected by means of nanodroplets, as described by Miller et al., Nature Methods, 2006, 3, 561-570).
- Example 20 Validation of In Vitro Compartmentalization for Containment of the CLOSE Rearrangement Process with a Model System (Actual Example)
- Oligonucleotide sequences (A-D) for Example 20 A. 5′ Azide (SEQ ID NO: 71) CTCCATAAC CCA TGG ACATGTA CCGGTGATCC B. 5′ Hexynyl (SEQ ID NO: 72) GATCCCCGGG CTATG TCTAG A GGAGAAGGAGA C. 5′ Azide (SEQ ID NO: 73) CTCCATAACCCA A GGATCC TCA CCGGTGATCC D.
- Model oligonucleotides A-D can be distinguished from each by restriction site digestion (as duplexes) or by PCR amplification with extended primers specific for each oligonucleotide.
- the double-stranded preparations were then treated with or without Xma I and Age I, and in turn with or without T4 DNA ligase. Following this, samples were amplified with the primers Trz.F (CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCA) (SEQ ID NO:79) and Trz.R (as above), and run on non-denaturing acylamide gels. Bands of the expected size (68 bp) were observed from both Top and Bottom preparations, but only after both restriction enzyme digestion and religation, fully in support of the planned rearrangement process ( FIG. 60 ).
- Top and Bottom bands are rearrangeable 5′-5′ adducts, where the faster-migrating Bottom band is most likely a self-folded denaturation-resistant form.
- the Top bands were used. Although in lower evident yields than the Bottom bands, the Top bands were much more easily resolved from unreacted monomers.
- samples of the four possible 5′-5′ adducts were shown to be essentially pure on denaturing gels ( FIG. 61 ).
- Samples of these (1 pmol) were extended with Klenow enzyme as above, and then tested with Xma I/Age I and religation with T4 DNA ligase.
- two mixes of adducts with heterologous constituent oligonucleotides were also included in the rearrangement tests.
- Primers with the desired specificity were designed for the original click-labeled oligonucleotides A-D.
- specific primer pairs were intended to amplify only a particular direct (single-molecule) rearrangement, or a particular cross-over product.
- the desired primers would amplify only B-A sequence
- the BH adduct after rearrangement, the desired primers would amplify only B-A sequence, and likewise for the BH adduct, correct primers should specifically amplify only D-C sequence.
- B-C two possible cross-over products can be formed: B-C, and D-A, for which specific primer combinations are also desirable. Note that within such mixtures, the “direct” products will be able to form as well as the cross-over products.
- Oligonucleotides sequences for rearrangement and cross-over testing were extensions of the ‘general primers Trz.F and Trz.R (as above), which will amplify any combination of A-D rearrangements.
- Emulsion mixes were prepared by the method of Davidson et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 2009, 24.6.1-24.6.12 with the exception that Triton-X100 was omitted. Emulsions themselves were generated in the following manner, always using positive-displacement pipettes (Gilson) for dispensing the viscous fluids: the emulsion mix corresponded to 950 ⁇ l mineral oil (molecular biology grade, Sigma), 45 ⁇ l Span-80 (Sigma) and 5 ⁇ l Tween-80 (Sigma).
- the chilled adduct/buffer/enzyme mix (50 ⁇ l) was added slowly (10 ⁇ 5 ⁇ l aliquots) to the top of the spinning emulsion, after which the centrifuging was continued for another 10 minutes. In some tests, this was followed by an additional sonication step to homogenize microdroplet size. Five rounds of three-second mid-strength sonication bursts were used, with chilling of tubes between bursts. Then the emulsions were carefully transferred to 2 ml tubes, and incubated for 1 hour at 30 C; 4 hours at 25 C. Control reactions were prepared in 50 ⁇ l volumes, as above, but were not subjected to the emulsification process.
- the emulsions were broken with diethyl ether. Initially 500 ⁇ l Tris-buffered saline was added to each tube (including non-emulsified controls, which were then maintained on ice), and then the following extraction procedure was used: 1 ⁇ 0.5 ml ether; 2 ⁇ 1.0 ml ether; 1 ⁇ 0.5 ml ether, with centrifugations of 2 minutes/13,000 rpm each time to separate phases. Materials in all aqueous phases (including non-emulsified controls) were then precipitated with 40 ⁇ g glycogen/0.3 M sodium acetate/3 volumes ethanol, washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and reconstituted in 10 ⁇ l TE.
- Tests were performed with inputs of 5.10 9 molecules each of B H and F H adducts (precut with Age I) as “high concentration”, and 10 8 molecules each as “low concentration”, each under enzymatic rearrangment conditions with and without emulsion-mediated compartmentalization.
- a nested primer strategy was used for analysis of products post-emulsification.
- a set of first round primers each 5′ to the above rearrangement-specific primers were used:
- Trz.F + T (SEQ ID NO: 84) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCAT (upstream of Trz.F + Te, sequence as above) Trz.R + C: (SEQ ID NO: 85) GCCTCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTC (upstream of Trz.R + Ce, sequence as above) Trz.F + A: (SEQ ID NO: 86) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCAA (upstream of Trz.F + Ae, sequence as above) Trz.R + A: (SEQ ID NO: 87) GCCTCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTA (upstream of Trz.R + Ae, sequence as above)
- the circularization must be performed at low concentration, to minimize the likelihood of inter-molecular ligations, as opposed to the desired intra-molecular circularization.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present disclosure provides for the identification, enrichment, and evaluation of templated assembly targets.
- A goal of drug development is delivering potent bio-therapeutic interventions that are specific for pathogenic cells, such as virus infected cells, neoplastic cells, cells producing an autoimmune response, and other dysregulated or dysfunctional cells without risk of toxicity to adjacent normal cells or the overall health of the patient. Unfortunately, developing these agents is extremely difficult.
- A method that has emerged to allow delivery of potent interventions to pathogenic cells while mitigating toxicity to normal cells is targeting therapeutics against molecular markers specific for pathogenic cells. Targeted therapeutics have shown extraordinary clinical results in restricted cases, but are currently limited in their applicability due to a lack of accessible markers for targeted therapy. It is extremely difficult, and often impossible, to discover protein markers for many pathogenic cell types.
- Existing nucleic acid-targeted therapies, such as siRNA, are able to down-modulate expression of potentially dangerous genes, but do not deliver potent cytotoxic or cytostatic interventions and thus are not particularly efficient at eliminating the dangerous cells themselves.
- Hence, there exists a need to develop highly targeted therapeutics without the poor efficacy and/or severe side effects of existing interventions.
- The present disclosure is directed to methods and kits for identifying, enriching, and evaluating templated assembly targets.
- Some embodiments are directed to methods for identifying templated assembly targets including synthesizing a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants, wherein the first and second populations of templated assembly reactants comprise oligonucleotide sequences; hybridizing both populations of templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids; performing a templated assembly reaction, wherein the hybridized first population of templated assembly reactants and the hybridized second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants undergo templated assembly; and identifying the target nucleic acids that hybridized to either the first or second population of templated assembly reactants that underwent templated assembly, wherein the hybridized target nucleic acids are the templated assembly targets.
- In some embodiments, synthesizing the first and second population of templated assembly reactants can include synthesizing random or gene-specific oligonucleotides sequences of about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long or about 7 to about 30 nucleotides long. The templated assembly reactants can also include nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or nuclease-resistant sugar moieties. The templated assembly reactants can include a 5′ or a 3′priming site adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences. The populations of templated assembly reactants can also include modifications, such as a 5′-azide and a 3′-alkyne group; a 5′-alkyne and a 3′-azide group; and an N-hydroxysuccinimide and a cyclooctyne on corresponding populations. The modification can be specific for a traceless Staudinger ligation selected from either a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation or a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation. The templated assembly reactants can also include a spacer or linker, such as at least 6 carbon atoms.
- In some embodiments, the method can include obtaining the target nucleic acids prior to hybridizing the populations of templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids. Isolating nucleic acids from a target sample can also be included in the methods.
- In some embodiments, the target sample can be at least one of a cell population, a tumor, a tissue, or an organ. The target nucleic acids can also maintain their native secondary structures. The target nucleic acids can also include cellular nucleic acid templates, such as genomic or expressed genes for known oncogenes or tumor suppressors, cell cycle regulators and mediators, transcriptonal regulators and mediators, translational regulators and mediators, telomerases, cytoskeletal components, and kinases.
- In some embodiments, hybridizing both populations of templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids can include removing unbound templated assembly reactants. Removing unbound templated assembly reactants can also include removing the unbound reactants by at least one of an enzymatic digestion, an ultrafiltration, or a gel size-exclusion chromatography, or any combination thereof.
- In some embodiments, the templated assembly reaction can be at least one of a click chemical reaction, a Staudinger reduction, a non-traceless Staudinger ligation, a traceless Staudinger ligation, a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation, a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation, a native chemical ligation, and a bio-orthogonal chemical reaction, or any combination thereof.
- In some embodiments, identifying the target nucleic acids can include removing the hybridized first population of templated assembly reactants and the hybridized second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants that failed to undergo templated assembly. Microcompartmentalizing the reacted templated assembly reactants from the unreacted templated assembly reactants and/or amplifying the hybridized target nucleic acids, may also be included in the identification. Additionally, sequencing the hybridized target nucleic acids can be used to identify the target nucleic acids.
- The present disclosure is also directed to libraries of templated assembly reactants for identifying templated assembly targets including at least a first and second population of templated assembly reactants, where the templated assembly reactants include an oligonucleotide sequence and a modification for reaction in a templated assembly reaction. Kits for identifying templated assembly targets including a library of oligonucleotides for identifying templated assembly targets having oligonucleotide sequences modified as corresponding templated assembly reactants and reagents are also disclosed. Additionally, a pair of templated assembly targets enriched from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products having oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates is included.
- The present disclosure is also directed to methods for enrichment of a pair of templated assembly targets from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products including obtaining a library of oligonucleotides chemically ligated through templated assembly due to spatial proximity to cellular nucleic acid targets, amplifying the library of ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets and selectively enriching for ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, wherein the ligated targets are selected for relevance to a pathology of an aberrant cell of interest or to a discontinuous hybridization to the cellular nucleic acid targets are disclosed. The methods can also include removing ligated targets derived from matched normal cells of interest.
- Pairs of templated assembly targets enriched from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products comprising oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates is also included. The CLOSE library can be made of short PCR product duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides, such as from amplified library of chemically ligated products or an amplified library of rearranged chemically ligated products. The oligonucleotides can be differentially enriched in a CLOSE library derived from aberrant target cells as compared to a CLOSE library derived from normal cells. The oligonucleotides can also be selectively enriched for ligated targets differentially derived from aberrant target cells and not matched normal cells of interest.
- The present disclosure is also directed to methods of evaluating a pair of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products for templated assembly including modifying the pair of CLOSE products as templated assembly reactants, transfecting the pair of modified CLOSE products into a target aberrant cell of interest, and screening for templated assembly of the pair of modified CLOSE products. The CLOSE products can also be modified by adding a pyrene group, such as pyrene maleimide, and/or including a spacer arm between the pyrene and maleimide.
- The appended drawings have been included herein so that the above-recited features, advantages and objects of the disclosure will become clear and can be understood in detail. These drawings form a part of the specification. It is to be noted, however, that the appended drawings illustrate some embodiments of the disclosure and should not be considered to limit the scope of the claims.
-
FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D illustrate schematic configurations of: 1A) random decamer oligonucleotide (RDO); P1:Primer site 1; N10: random decamer tracts; Me-C: 5-methyl deoxycytidine residue; Ak: 3′-terminal alkyne, in the form of a 3′-propargyl group; 1B) RDO2; P2:Primer site 2; N10: random decamer tracts; Az: 5′-terminal azide group; 1C) RDO1 hybridized to a 2′-O-methyl oligonucleotide complementary to the primer site (RDO1:P1C); P1:Primer site 1; N10: random decamer tracts; Ak: 3′-terminal alkyne, in the form of a 3′-propargyl group; and 1D) RDO2 hybridized to a 2′-O-methyl oligonucleotide complementary to the primer site (RDO2:P2C); P2:Primer site 1; N10: random decamer tracts; Az: 5′-terminal azide group; RDO1 and RDO2 are, for convenience, referred to as “Left” (L) and “Right” (R) oligonucleotides in the context of CLOSE libraries. -
FIG. 2 shows representative hybridization-mediated spatial alignments of labeled 5′- and 3′-ends of specific oligonucleotides from RDO populations, on either linear (contiguous) sites of discontinuous (conformationally-determined) sites; S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations. -
FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C are representative diagrams showing productive and non-productive hybridizations between specific oligonucleotides from separately 5′- and 3′-labeled random decamer populations; 3A) productive, from both 5′-azide and 3′-alkyne modified populations; 3B) non-productive, from 5′-azide modified populations only; and 3C) non-productive, from 3-alkyne-modified population only. -
FIG. 4 shows representative examples of CLOSE clones (C1-C19) in comparison to an equal number of random oligonucleotides of the same pattern (Rnd1-Rnd17); CL1=TGGATCTCTGC (SEQ ID NO:1), TTAAAGTGACC (SEQ ID NO:2); CL2=TGAGTGTGTGC (SEQ ID NO:3), TGCGCACACTC (SEQ ID NO:4); CL3=ACGGGCCCGGC (SEQ ID NO:5), TTCGCGTCCAG (SEQ ID NO:6); CL4=TCTTTTACGCC (SEQ ID NO:7), TCTGCCCAGGC (SEQ ID NO:8); CL5=ACACCCTCGCC (SEQ ID NO:9), TACCTTCTCCC (SEQ ID NO:10); CL6=TCACATTCACC (SEQ ID NO:11), TTGTGGATGTG (SEQ ID NO:12); CL8=GGCCCTTCTAC (SEQ ID NO:13), TCGTCTGCGGC (SEQ ID NO:14), CL9=TTCAATGGGCC (SEQ ID NO:15), TTACCCAGTGC (SEQ ID NO:16); CL10=ATCAACCCTGC (SEQ ID NO:17), TGTATTCGCCA (SEQ ID NO:18); CL11=ACGCCGATTGC (SEQ ID NO:19), TGGCAGTCGGC (SEQ ID NO:20); CL12=ACCTAACAGCC (SEQ ID NO:21), TTCATCCGTTC (SEQ ID NO:22); CL13=TTGAACGATCC (SEQ ID NO:23), TAGGTCGTTCA (SEQ ID NO:24); CL14=ATAGAAGGGGC (SEQ ID NO:25), TTAGGCCAACA (SEQ ID NO:26); CL15=CCAACTGTAGC (SEQ ID NO:27), TAGGCGGTTGG (SEQ ID NO:28); CL16=CCCGGCCTCCC (SEQ ID NO:29), TTCCTAGCTGC (SEQ ID NO:30); CL17=AAACCGACAGC (SEQ ID NO:31), TATGCTGTCGG (SEQ ID NO:32); CL19=ATTCGCCCCCC (SEQ ID NO:33), TCCGCTTCGGT (SEQ ID NO:34); Rnd1=ACATAAGCAAC (SEQ ID NO:92), TTATCGTAGTC (SEQ ID NO:93); Rnd2=CGTCAAATTCC (SEQ ID NO:94), TAGCCCTGTTA (SEQ ID NO:95); Rnd3=TATGTGTCAAC (SEQ ID NO:96), TATGGCGTAG a (SEQ ID NO:97); Rnd4=ACTGGATTGAC (SEQ ID NO:98), TCTGTTTGACG (SEQ ID NO:99); Rnd5=GTACCTGCTGC (SEQ ID NO:100), TATCGGTACGG (SEQ ID NO:101); Rnd6=TGACCGAGAAC (SEQ ID NO:102), TTCTGTCGGGC (SEQ ID NO:103); Rnd7=ATACTTTCCAC (SEQ ID NO:104), TAACGCCCCGT (SEQ ID NO:105); Rnd8=ATCGATGCTGC (SEQ ID NO:106), TAACGAATCGA (SEQ ID NO:107); Rnd9=TGCACGCTCCC (SEQ ID NO:108, TCGTCTTTGAA (SEQ ID NO:109); Rnd10=AACGCATAAAC (SEQ ID NO:110), TCATACAAGTG (SEQ ID NO:111); Rnd11=GACAGATGATC (SEQ ID NO:112), TGGGTACGGGC (SEQ ID NO:113); Rnd12=CTCTAATACAC (SEQ ID NO:114), TTCCAACACTC (SEQ ID NO:115); Rnd13=TACGCCCTCTC (SEQ ID NO:116), TTCAAGAGCT a (SEQ ID NO:117); Rnd14=GAAGGGCACCC (SEQ ID NO:118), TCTGCAGTTGG (SEQ ID NO:119); Rnd15=AAAGGGAATTC (SEQ ID NO:120), TATTTCGTAAG (SEQ ID NO:121); Rnd16=GCGAGCCCATC (SEQ ID NO:122), TACCGTCATTC (SEQ ID NO:123); Rnd17=ATGCGGAAGAC (SEQ ID NO:124), TGTTAACACGA (SEQ ID NO:125). -
FIG. 5 shows representative subtraction of CLOSE libraries from aberrant cell sources with CLOSE libraries from corresponding normal cells; P1-P4 denote distinct priming sites; S1 and S2 denote selected decamer tracts from aberrant cells, from initially random regions; S3 and S4 denote selected decamer tracts from corresponding normal cells, from initially random regions. -
FIG. 6 shows a representative procedure for obtaining purified desthiobiotinylated ‘top’ strands (corresponding to strands of a primary CLOSE library) by selection on solid-phase streptavidin, and elution with excess free biotin. -
FIG. 7 shows representative selection of CLOSE clones on corresponding normal cell RNA sources, to enrich for CLOSE clones absent from the normal cellular background; desthiobiotnylated top strands are prepared as described herein. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B are representative illustrations of pyrene labeling of candidate specific CLOSE decamers (A1 and A2) and excitation-fluorescence generation; 7A) chemical conjugation of pyrene maleimide to 3′- or 5′-terminal-SH groups; and 7B) excimer fluorescence from hybridization-induced spatial proximity. -
FIG. 9 illustrates representative QPCR for quantitation of relative levels of specific CLOSE clones as correlating with source RNA template levels; top: primary CLOSE clone chemically ligated population selected by hybridization proximity, depicting the Cu(I) catalyzed triazole linkage and two specific decamer regions A1 and A2; middle: the specific A1/A2 clone showing a second-cycle extension from the complement to P2, and an annealed QPCR probe with a 5′-fluor and 3′ quencher; bottom: completion of the extension (as in the middle diagram), with strand displacement and digestion of the probe to unquench the fluor and allow fluorescence quantitation. -
FIG. 10 depicts representative digital PCR for a single candidate CLOSE pair, with specific decamer regions A1 and A2; after hybridization with target RNA and Cu(I) catalyzed chemical ligation, the number of chemically ligated dimers approximates the number of template molecules in the target RNA; the ligated products are prepared for digital PCR by compartmentalization with molar excesses of primers and probes, and PCR-related buffer and enzyme requirements (Taq 1 DNA polymerase; other schematic symbols, and the process for fluorescence generation), upon amplification, compartments bearing ligated dimers and matching primers and probe with the target dimer generate a fluorescent signal; enumeration of (+) signal compartments thus equates with the original number of dimers present, and in turn approximates to the number of template molecules. -
FIG. 11 depicts a representative gel evaluation of +/−DNase-treated CLOSE/RNA hybridization;lane 1, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase;lane 2, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template without DNase;lane 3, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template+DNase;lane 4, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template and without DNase); results showed presence of carry-over of CLOSE oligonucleotides irrespective of the presence of template (lanes 2 and 4), but only in the presence of RNA template was a band observed post-DNase treatment (lane 1 vs. lane 3); the band in lane 1 (amplified CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase) corresponding the expected size for a chemically ligated CLOSE dimer was excised and re-amplified with the original primers to increase the available yield. -
FIG. 12 depicts a representative gel analysis (2% agarose) of PEG test for RNA/unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotide separations; lanes 1-3: MU89 RNA plus CLOSE oligonucleotides annealed with 2′-O-methyl protector strands; lanes 4-6; MU89 RNA plus CLOSE oligonucleotides without protector strands; lanes land 4: final PEG pellets (2× precipitations);lanes 2 and 5: first PEG supernatants; andlanes 3 and 6: second PEG supernatants. -
FIG. 13 depicts in a representative schematic form a CLOSE process with a single PEG precipitation and DNase step. -
FIG. 14 depicts representative CLOSE site nomenclature conventions; L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides hybridizing to discontinuous sites on a template can either have their chemically modified ends linearly directed towards each other (“endo” configuration) or opposed to each other (“exo” configuration); some configurations may accelerate effector partial reactivity, depending on: 1) distance between L and R sites (N sequences as above), 2) flexibility of N and flanking sequences; and 3) secondary structures promoting spatial proximity. -
FIG. 15 depicts representative discontinuous “endo” vs. “exo” sites within secondary structural loops; if hybridization sites are within a loop, the ends of an exo configuration can be spatially brought together, while the conventional endo orientation is poorly active. -
FIG. 16 depicts representative non-contiguous structures: testing “endo” vs. “exo” configurations; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used. -
FIG. 17 depicts representative dependence of “exo” click on loop formation; the “control” sequences here have the G-C tracts which promote loop formation replaced with non-self-complementary sequences, such that no loops can form; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used. -
FIG. 18 depicts representative structures of stem loop templates used inFIG. 19 . -
FIG. 19 shows a representative demonstration of click reaction following hybridization to discontinuous sites on a template strand; schematic depictions of stem-loop oligonucleotides shown inFIG. 18 ; bands show positions of click-ligated products (20-mers), distinguishable from the template strands (30-mers). -
FIG. 20 shows representative pyrene-labeled oligonucleotides PyeTO.1 and Pye TO.2 annealed on wild-type and mutant HPV templates; for the wild-type sequence (HPV-1) the oligonucleotides are displaced from each other by one base (boxed dA residue), unlike the HPV-0 template where they are immediately juxtaposed; for the HPV-2 and HPV-3 templates, the displacement is two and three dA residues respectively (boxed); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCA CTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:89); TAACTG TCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:35); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAAGCAAAGACATCTGGACA AAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:90); TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAAAGCAA AGACATCTGGACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:91); UCCAGAUGUCUUUGC-pyrene (SEQ ID NO:36), pyrene-UUUCUUCAGGACACAG (SEQ ID NO:88). -
FIG. 21 shows induction of pyrene excimer fluorescence on specific templates in equimolar amounts; HPV-0, HPV-1, HPV-2, HPV-3; HPV-Scr=randomly scrambled template from HPV-0 sequences; NT=no template. -
FIG. 22 depicts representative CLOSE Intersection software principle as a flow-chart, showing the processing pathway for each CLOSE clone sequence. -
FIG. 23 depicts representative CLOSE intersection software principle. -
FIG. 24 depicts representative CLOSE intersection software principle: example of a hit; the PLXNA3 sequence was found from CLOSE intersection software with a specific CLOSE clone, where the CLOSE matches were in the EXO configuration (in such cases, the L-CLOSE match is closer to the 5′ end of the target RNA sequence than the R-CLOSE match); the CLOSE sequences were replaced with the standard complements to the 10-mer click oligonucleotides used in these tests, in either EXO or ENDO configurations; no significant click reactions were observed in the absence of template, under the conditions used; TGCGCTTCTGGGTG AATGTGATCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCGACATCCACAAGAACAGCATCACGG (SEQ ID NO: 126). -
FIG. 25 depicts a representative schematic of template titration effect when target template is in molar excess of effector partials. -
FIG. 26 depicts a representative demonstration of template titration effect with pyrene fluorescence; TAACTGTCAAAAGCCACTGTGTCCTGAAGAAAAGCAAAGACATCTG GACAAAAAGC (SEQ ID NO:35); UCCAGAUGUCUUUGC-pyrene (SEQ ID NO:36), pyrene-UUUCUUCAGGACACAG (SEQ ID NO:88). -
FIG. 27 depicts a representative demonstration of template titration effect with an RNA template in vitro; the assigned molar ratio of MU89 RNA:click oligonucleotides is based on assuming average RNA size of about 1500 bases; GAAAUAGAUGGUCCAGCUGGACAA GCAGAA (SEQ ID NO:37); CTTGTCCAGCTGGACCATCT (SEQ ID NO:38). -
FIG. 28 depicts representative target-directed CLOSE; a schematic example of an expressed translocation, where two normal transcripts are effectively fused together; while there is only one possible junction sequence that can be targeted as a linear contiguous sequence, there are many potential CLOSE sites formed through spatial proximity mediated by higher-order RNA folding and secondary structures. -
FIG. 29 depicts representative asymmetric PCR combined with biotinylated bottom-strand removal. -
FIG. 30 depicts representative target-directed CLOSE principle; the probe “pulls out” CLOSE members with hybridizing sequences; these may, but not necessarily, include contiguous Left & Right CLOSE segments; discontinuous sites may thus be found by means of the linear hybridization probe. -
FIG. 31 depicts a representative BCR-ABL segment used as a probe for target-directed CLOSE (1338 bases; SEQ ID NO:39); black text: BCR sequence; gray text: ABL sequence (junction at GAGTTCAA/AAGCCCTT; SEQ ID NO:44); priming sites for the relevant amplification primers are underlined. -
FIGS. 32A and 32B depict, respectively, a representative gel purification method for target-directed CLOSE, and examples of clones obtained with BCR-ABL probe, and examples of candidates for BCR-ABL (gel diagram: lane A: Boxed zone, long single-stranded probe after hybridization with single-stranded CLOSE dimers ligated on target cell whole RNA, thus bearing duplexed CLOSE clones with hybridizing sequences; lower molecular band, free excess CLOSE sequences; lane B: control lacking the long probe molecule; boxed zone, control region of gel of the same mobility as for the probe sequence; lower molecular band, free excess CLOSE sequences); and two examples of cloned CLOSE clones from K562 RNA obtained from 2 cycles of BCR-ABL selection; for each, the first sequence show the actual CLOSE 22-mers with the intervening CT dimers in gray (for dBBc2-01=ATAAGCACCTCTTCAAGGTCTG; SEQ ID NO:40; for dBBc2-08=TGACCTGCTCCTCACCCCTCCT; SEQ ID NO:41); the reverse complement (for dBBc2-01=CAGACCTTGAAGAGGTGCTTAT; SEQ ID NO:42; for dBBc2-08=AGGAGGGGTGAGGAGCAGGTCA; SEQ ID NO:43) to these strands corresponds to the (+) strand for the BCR-ABL probe, or the whole RNA transcript; underlined bold text shows BCR/ABL matches, with the coordinates below (from a compiled 8703-base BCR-ABL full-length transcript; the probe range spanned coordinates 2766-4103); the N value corresponds to the distance between the closest ends of the L- and R-matches. -
FIGS. 33A and 33B depict representative schematic configurations of RDOs with terminal azide and cyclooctyne groups; P1, P2:primer sites -
FIGS. 34A and 34B depict, respectively, representative “unnatural” 5′-5′ (head-to-head, A) and 3′-3′ (tail-to-tail, B) chemical ligation, driven by hybridization-mediated spatial proximity resulting from secondary structures of the target RNA strands; AZ, 5′ azide; COT, 5′ cyclooctyne. -
FIG. 35 depicts representative single-stranded oligoucleotides with 5′ click groups (azide, AZ and cycloalkyne, COT), initial random regions (N1 and N2), PCR primer sites (P1 and P2), and restriction site/primer regions (A1 and A2); S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a head-to-head chemically-ligated click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization. -
FIGS. 36A and 36B depict possible 5′ structures for 5′-5′ click reactivity; 36A, 5′ hexynyl modification to supply an alkyne group; 36B, 5′-azide group, provided through reaction of a 5′-amino group (with a 6-carbon spacer from the 5′-hydroxyl) with N-hydroxylsuccinimide linked by a 3-carbon spacer to an azide moiety, with subsequent formation on an amide linkage. -
FIG. 37 shows representative production of double-stranded 5′-5′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I (S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations). -
FIG. 38 illustrates representative extensions incorporating 5′-methyl-dCTP and using complementary segment to region A1; hemimethylated regions of resulting extended duplexes are indicated by gray background shading; S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations. -
FIG. 39 is a representative diagram showing partitioning of 5′-5′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 40 depicts representative partitioning of unligated 5′-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 5′-cycloalkyne modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A2 region with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 41 shows representative Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 5′-5′ linkages within microcompartments. -
FIG. 42 is a representative illustration of cycling of Xma I cleaved 5′-5′ ligation products (in the specified embodiment) in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached. -
FIG. 43 is a representative diagram of single-stranded oligonucleotides with 3′ click groups (azide and alkyne), initial random regions (N1 and N2), PCR primer sites (P1 and P2), and restriction site/primer regions (A1 and A2); S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a tail-to-tail chemically-ligated click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization. -
FIGS. 44A and 44B depict representative possible 3′ structures for 3′-3′ click reactivity; 44A) 3′ modification to supply a cycloalkyne group; 44B) 3′-azide group, provided through reaction of a 3′-amino group (with a 6-carbon spacer from the 3′-hydroxyl) with N-hydroxylsuccinimide linked by a 3-carbon spacer to an azide moiety, with subsequent formation on an amide linkage. -
FIG. 45 illustrates representative production of double-stranded 3′-3′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I; S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations. -
FIG. 46 shows representative extensions incorporating 5′-methyl-dCTP and using complementary segment to region A2; hemimethylated regions of resulting extended duplexes are indicated by gray background shading; S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations. -
FIG. 47 is a representative illustration of partitioning of 3′-3′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 48 diagrams representative partitioning of unligated 3′-click-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 3′-alkyne modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A2 region with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 49 is a representative diagram of Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 3′-3′ linkages within microcompartments. -
FIG. 50 shows representative cycling of Xma I cleaved (in the specified embodiment) 3′-3′ ligation products in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached. -
FIG. 51 illustrates representative single-stranded oligonucleotides with non-polymerase readable 5′- and 3′-click groups (cycloalkyne and azide respectively), initial random regions (N1 and N2), PCR primer sites (P1 and P2), and restriction site/primer regions (A1 and A2); S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations; also shown is a head-to-tail chemically-ligated (non-amplifiable directly) click product resulting through RNA secondary structural spatially proximal hybridization. -
FIGS. 52A, 52B, 52C, and 52D are representative diagrams showing possible 5′ and 3′ structures for 5′-3′ click reactivity, where no requirement exists for polymerase read-through; 52A) representative 5′-cycloalkyne and 5′-azide modifications; where polymerase read-through is not required, a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented byFIG. 52A /C; 52B) representative 5′-cycloalkyne and 5′-azide modifications; where polymerase read-through is not required, a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented byFIG. 52B /D; 52C) representative 3′-cycloalkyne and 3′-azide modifications; where polymerase read-through is not required, a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented byFIGS. 52A /C; and 52D) representative 3′-cycloalkyne and 3′-azide modifications; where polymerase read-through is not required, a pair of 5′ and 3′-modified click-modified oligonucleotides can bear either cycloalkyne-azide combination of the above representative modifications: for example, a pair of oligonucleotides bearing the 5′ and 3′ structures represented byFIG. 52B /D. -
FIGS. 53A and 53B are representative diagrams of regions of single-stranded oligonucleotides with non-polymerase-readable 5′- and 3′-click groups where modified for nuclease-resistance; shown by stippled background; 53A) non-modified regions are retained with normal DNA backbones and bases for allowing restriction enzyme cleavage; the 3′ sites are extended by three modified-bases with modified backbones; 53B) non-modified regions are retained with normal DNA backbones and bases for allowing restriction enzyme cleavage; the 3′ sites are extended by three modified-bases with modified backbones. -
FIG. 54 illustrates representative production of double-stranded 5′-3′ chemical ligation products by polymerase extensions, and subsequent recutting with restriction endonuclease Age I; S1 and S2 denote selected subpopulations of decamers from the original random decamer total populations. -
FIG. 55 shows representative partitioning of 5′-3′ chemically ligated duplex products into in vitro microcompartments; here each fragment has been initially cleaved with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 56 is a representative illustration of partitioning of unligated 5′/3′-click-labeled duplex strands into microcompartments; here the 5′-azide modified strand has been previously cleaved in the A2 region with restriction enzyme E2 (Age I in the specified embodiment). -
FIG. 57 is a representative diagram of Xma I cutting (in the specified embodiment) and re-ligation of 5′-3′ linkages within microcompartments. -
FIG. 58 shows representative cycling of Xma I cleaved (in the specified embodiment) 5′-3′ ligation products in microcompartments, until irreversible and amplifiable rearrangement end-point is reached. -
FIG. 59 depicts representative testing of the ability of in vitro compartmentalization to enable molecule-specific rearrangements, for amplification and identification of specific sequences;step 1. validation model: make 4×oligonuceotides, two with 5′-azides, and two with 5′ linear alkynes (joinable by Cu(I) mediated click chemistry); each designed with specific marker sequences, and to enable differential amplifications. -
FIG. 60 depicts representative demonstration of enzymatic rearrangement process for 5′-5′ oligonucleotide joins; product of the expected size is only formed when both cutting and religation are applied; closely similar rearrangements enable amplification of 3′-3′ or “unreadable” 5′-3′ joins. -
FIG. 61 depicts representative testing of purifiedTop band 5′-5′ chemical ligation adducts (from excised gel bands), run side-by-side with samples of corresponding unpurified material. -
FIG. 62 depicts representative testing use of enzymes (Age I, Xma I, T4 DNA ligase) designed to enable amplifiable products with allmodel Top band 5′-5′ adduct products. -
FIG. 63 depicts representative principle of the model oligonucleotide detection system for successful IVC; in this case, duplexed 5′-5′ adducts are precut Age I for testing in IVC, such that only Xma I and ligase are needed to complete the rearrangements. -
FIG. 64 depicts representative testing primers designed to detect specific rearrangements, whether direct (single-molecule) or specific cross-overs; for mixtures of two different 5′-5′ products undergoing the enzymatic rearrangements, specific primer pairs must be able to identify only each direct product, or a specific cross-over product. -
FIG. 65 depicts representative testing specificity of rearrangement-directed primers with pre formed rearrangements without PCR-induced artefactual crossing-over; BH, FH=direct rearrangements BH and FH adducts respectively; BH+FH rearr=rearrangement process performed with BH and FH products simultaneously present (thus allowing cross-over rearrangements); BH+FH Mix=BH and FH adduct rearrangements performed separately, and then mixed together prior to PCR; BH+FH Age=BH and FH adducts cut with Age I only and mixed prior to PCR; co=no-template control. -
FIG. 66 depicts representative nested PCR results of in vitro compartmentalization test; no detectable cross-over products were observed (vertical white arrows). -
FIG. 67 depicts representative CLOSE amplification of 5′-3′ joins, by means of circularization and inverse PCR; this applies direct read-through is not possible owing to the formation of bulky non-traceless products; a potential problem with this approach is cross-ligation between separate molecules (rather than circularization), which would scramble the correct information; this can be minimized by performing the religation step at low concentrations. - The present disclosure is directed to methods and kits for identifying, enriching, and evaluating templated assembly reactants.
- Certain exemplary embodiments will now be described to provide an overall understanding of the principles of the structure, function, manufacture, and use of the devices and methods disclosed herein. One or more examples of these embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Those skilled in the art will understand that the devices and methods specifically described herein and illustrated in the accompanying drawings are non-limiting exemplary embodiments and that the scope of the present disclosure is defined solely by the claims. The features illustrated or described in connection with one exemplary embodiment may be combined with the features of any other embodiments. Such modifications and variations are intended to be included within the scope of the present disclosure.
- All publications, patents and patent applications cited herein, whether supra or infra, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural references unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. The terms used in this disclosure adhere to standard definitions generally accepted by those having ordinary skill in the art. In case any further explanation might be needed, some terms have been further elucidated below.
- The term “about,” as used herein, refers to variations in a numerical quantity that can occur, for example, through measuring or handling procedures in the real world; through inadvertent error in these procedures; through differences in the manufacture, source, or purity of compositions or reagents, and the like. Typically, the term “about” as used herein means greater or lesser than the value or range of values stated by 1/10 of the stated values, e.g., ±10%. For instance, a concentration value of about 30% can mean a concentration from 27% to 33%. The term “about” also refers to variations that would be recognized by one skilled in the art as being equivalent so long as such variations do not encompass known values practiced by the prior art. Each value or range of values preceded by the term “about” is also intended to encompass the embodiment of the stated absolute value or range of values. Whether or not modified by the term “about,” quantitative values recited in the claims include equivalents to the recited values, e.g., variations in the numerical quantity of such values that can occur, but would be recognized to be equivalents by a person skilled in the art.
- The phrases “active effector structure” and “effector structure” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the active portion of a templated assembly product that triggers a desired effect.
- The term “base,” as used herein, refers to a molecule containing a purine or pyrimidine group, or an artificial analogue, that forms a binding pair with another corresponding base via Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen bonding interactions. Bases further contain groups that facilitate covalently joining multiple bases together in a polymer, such as an oligomer. Non-limiting examples include nucleotides, nucleosides, peptide nucleic acid residues, or morpholino residues.
- The terms “bind,” “binds,” “binding,” and “bound,” as used herein, refer to a stable interaction between two molecules that are close to one another. The terms include physical interactions, such as chemical bonds (either directly linked or through intermediate structures), as well as non-physical interactions and attractive forces, such as electrostatic attraction, hydrogen bonding, and van der Waals/dispersion forces.
- The phrase “bioconjugation chemistry,” as used herein, refers to the chemical synthesis strategies and reagents that ligate common functional groups together under mild conditions, facilitating the modular construction of multi-moiety compounds.
- As used herein, “chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited” refers to pairs of oligonucleotides that have been chemically ligated as a consequence of their spatial proximity through hybridization to target nucleic acid templates.
- The phrase “effector partial moiety,” as used herein, refers to a portion of a templated assembly reactant that contributes to the chemical structure of the effector structure in a product formed by nucleic acid templated assembly. An effector partial moiety may be a distinct portion of the reactant, or may include or be comprised of part or all of the nucleic acid recognition moiety and/or the selectively-reactive moiety.
- The terms “linker” and “spacer” are used interchangeable herein and refer to a molecule adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequence in the templated assembly reactant. A linker can be an additional oligonucleotide sequence, a peptide, a non-active portion of a peptidomimetic structure, a non-active portion of a drug, or other bioactive compound that is less than 20 kDa. A linker may be comprised of branched or unbranched covalently bonded molecular chain.
- The phrase “non-traceless bio-orthogonal chemistry,” as used herein, refers to a reaction involving selectively-reactive moieties in which part or all of the structure of the selectively-reactive moieties is retained in the product structure.
- The phrase “nucleic acid recognition moiety” as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide that facilitates sequence-specific binding to a target nucleic acid. An example of a nucleic acid recognition moiety is an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid.
- The terms “oligonucleotide sequences” and “oligomer,” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a molecule comprised of multiple units where some or all of the units are bases capable of forming Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing interactions, allowing sequence-specific binding to nucleic acids in a duplex or multiplex structure. Non-limiting examples include oligonucleotides, peptide nucleic acid oligomers, and morpholino oligomers.
- The phrase “pathogenic cell” as used herein can refer to a cell that is capable of causing or promoting a diseased or an abnormal condition, such as a cell infected with a virus, a tumor cell, and a cell infected with a microbe, or a cell that produces a molecule that induces or mediates diseases that include, but are not limited to allergy, anaphylaxis, inflammation and autoimmunity.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” when used herein refers to a material that is not biologically or otherwise unacceptable that can be incorporated into a composition and administered to a patient without causing unacceptable biological effects or interacting in an unacceptable manner with other components of the composition.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means a salt prepared from a base or an acid which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (e.g., salts having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime).
- The term “salt” as used herein can include salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids and bases and salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids and bases and their derivatives and variants thereof.
- The term “sample,” as used herein, refers to any system that templated assembly reactants can be administered into, where nucleic acid templated assembly may occur. Non-limiting examples may include living cells, fixed or preserved cells, whole organisms, tissues, tumors, lysates, or in vitro assay systems.
- The phrase “selectively-reactive moiety” refers to the portion of a templated assembly reactant that enables formation of product, such as through a chemical reaction with a corresponding templated assembly reactant. For example, a selectively-reactive moiety can react readily with a corresponding selectively-reactive moiety, but does not readily react with natural biomolecules.
- The phrases “set of corresponding reactants” or “corresponding templated assembly reactants” are referred to herein as templated assembly reactants that come together on a single target template to take part in a templated assembly reaction.
- In any embodiment herein, a “subject” can be a cell, in vitro, such as a cell in culture, or in vivo within a living organism. In some embodiments, the subject can be a microorganism. In some embodiments, the subject can be a cell derived from or comprised in a sample obtained from a larger organism. For example, the subject can be a cell comprised in a sample obtained from an organism by a biopsy procedure, and the method can be performed on it. In some embodiments, the subject can be a progeny (by cell division) of a progenitor cell obtained from an organism. A subject can also be a mammal. Examples of subjects can include but are not limited to, humans, horses, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rates, cows, pigs, goats and sheep. In some embodiments, “subjects” are generally human patients.
- The term “superantigen,” as used herein, refers to an antigen that binds to a broad subset of T cells that express a particular variable (V) region.
- The phrase “traceless bio-orthogonal chemistry,” as used herein, refers to a reaction involving selectively-reactive moieties in which a naturally occurring bond, for example an amide, is formed by elimination of part or all of the selectively-reactive moieties from the product structure.
- The phrase “target compartment” as used herein refers to a cell, virus, tissue, tumor, lysate, other biological structure, spatial region, or sample that contains target nucleic acid, or a different amount of target nucleic acids than a non-target compartment.
- The phrases “target nucleic acid sequence” and “target nucleic acid” are used interchangeably and refer to a sequence of units or nucleic acids which are intended to act as a template for nucleic acid templated assembly.
- The phrases “templated assembly,” “templated assembly reaction” and “nucleic acid templated assembly” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the synthesis of a product structure or structures on a target nucleic acid, such that product formation can be facilitated by templated assembly reactants being assembled in proximity when bound to the target nucleic acid.
- The phrase “templated assembly ligation product,” as used herein, refers to the product structure or structures formed by interaction, binding or reaction of one or more nucleic acid templated assembly reactants.
- The phrase “templated assembly reactant” as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid in a sequence-specific manner and participates in product formation during a templated assembly reaction.
- Also included herein are “derivatives” or “analogs” such as salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or other molecules that have been subjected to chemical modification and maintain the same biological activity or lack of biological activity, and/or ability to act as a templated assembly reactant, or function in a manner consistent with a templated assembly reactant.
- Targeted template assembly produces desired chemical structures when in the presence of one or more targets, such as specific nucleic acid sequences. The disclosed methods and kits allow identification, analysis, or discovery of specific genetic templates. The disclosed methods and kits also identify the specific nucleic acid sequences targeted by templated assembly to avoid off-target toxicity and enhance specific reactivity. The disclosed methods and kits further enrich and evaluate specific nucleic acid sequences for template assembly. By identifying unique nucleic acid sequences for target cells, directed intervention can be focused on these specific cells, such as by self-destruction or immunotherapeutic destruction by other cells, without inducing toxicity against non-target cells, such as normal cells, that lack the template target.
- The identification of templated assembly targets can include methods and kits for synthesizing templated assembly reactants, hybridizing the templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids, performing a templated assembly reaction, and identifying the target nucleic acids that hybridized with the templated assembly reactants.
- The phrase “templated assembly reactant” as used herein refers to an oligonucleotide sequence that binds to a target nucleic acid in a sequence-specific manner and participates in product formation during a templated assembly reaction. The templated assembly reactants can include a nucleic acid recognition moiety, such as an oligonucleotide sequence. U.S. Application No. 61/831,133, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, discloses targeted templated assembly reactants that include a nucleic acid recognition moiety, a selectively-reactive moiety, and a effector partial moiety to produce a targeted therapeutic. In the present disclosure, the templated assembly reactants do not require, but may still include, an effector partial moiety. The identification, analysis, or discovery of target nucleic acids does not require the production of an effector function, such as disclosed in U.S. Application No. 61/831,133, so the presence of at least a nucleic acid recognition moiety and a selectively-reactive moiety are included in the templated assembly reactant. In some embodiments, a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed, where the first population includes different oligonucleotide sequences or different libraries of oligonucleotide sequences than the second population. In some embodiments, a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed, where the first population includes specific oligonucleotide sequences and chemical modifications differing from the second population.
- Oligonucleotide sequences may be synthesized by several methods known in the art. Nucleotide-based oligonucleotide sequences may be synthesized in solution or on a solid-phase using phosphoramidite chemistry. Peptide nucleic acids may also be synthesized in solution or on a solid phase using methods known in the art. Various methods of morpholino synthesis could also be used. Any of the aforementioned types of oligonucleotide sequences may also be obtained fully synthesized from various commercial sources.
- The oligonucleotide sequences may include sequences of base-pair forming units, such as nucleic acids or nucleic acid analogues. The oligonucleotide sequences may be made of multiple units where some or all of the units are bases capable of forming Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen base-pairing interactions, allowing sequence-specific binding to target nucleic acids in a duplex or multiplex structure.
- The phrase “nucleic acid” is well known in the art. A “nucleic acid” as used herein will generally refer to a molecule (i.e., a strand) of DNA, RNA or a derivative or analog thereof, comprising a nucleotide. A nucleotide includes, for example, a naturally occurring purine or pyrimidine base found in DNA (e.g., an adenine “A,” a guanine “G,” a thymine “T” or a cytosine “C”) or RNA (e.g., an A, a G, an uracil “U” or a C). The phrase “nucleic acid” or “RNA molecule” encompasses the terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide,” each as a subgenus of “nucleic acid.”
- The oligonucleotide sequences may be DNA nucleotides, RNA nucleotides, phosphorothioate-modified nucleotides, 2′-O-alkylated RNA nucleotides, halogenated nucleotides, locked nucleic acid nucleotides (LNA), peptide nucleic acids (PNA), morpholino nucleic acid analogues (morpholinos), pseudouridine nucleotides, xanthine nucleotides, hypoxanthine nucleotides, 2′-deoxyinosine nucleotides, other nucleic acid analogues capable of base-pair formation, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequences includes nucleic acids and hybridizes to mRNA targets.
- Commercially available derivatized bases may be incorporated to introduce functional groups including but not limited to amines, hydrazides, thiols, carboxylic acids, isocyanates, aldehydes which may then be conjugated with active functional groups on other moieties using standard techniques of bioconjugation chemistry to facilitate synthesis of the complete templated assembly reactant.
- The oligonucleotide sequences may also incorporate, interact with or be bound to specialized units. For example, when using the templated assembly reactants, including an oligonucleotide sequence, in the presence of nucleases that may degrade standard DNA or RNA, such as in live cells or lysates, it may be desirable to incorporate nuclease-resistant bases into the oligonucleotide sequences. Some non-limiting examples can include phosphorothioate bases, 2′-O-alkylated or 2′-halogenated RNA bases, locked nucleic acids, peptide nucleic acids, morpholinos or a chimera including at least one of these. Unlike antisense probes that depend on RNase H activity, internal bases of the oligomer need not induce RNase H hydrolysis of a target RNA transcript. Thus, there is no requirement for RNase H-inducing bases at any position in the oligonucleotide sequence.
- The templated assembly reactants can be synthesized to include oligonucleotide sequences that are random sequences or gene specific sequences. In some embodiments, the templated assembly reactants can bind to a target nucleic acid through a gene specific oligonucleotide sequence. The oligonucleotide sequences can be contiguous or non-contiguous sequences complementary to one or more target nucleic acids. The phrases “target nucleic acid sequence” and “target nucleic acid” are used interchangeably and refer to a sequence of units or nucleic acids which are intended to act as a target or template for nucleic acid templated assembly.
- The oligonucleotide sequences can be gene specific by being complementary to a hybridization site on a target nucleic acid, allowing sequence-specific binding to the target nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequence is a contiguous sequence that is complementary to a target nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequence is selected such that its sequence is not similar to sequences known to be present in non-target nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequence includes one or more mutations found within the target nucleic acid, allowing specific binding of the templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids but not to non-target nucleic acids that do not contain the mutation. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequence may be synthesized with a stem-loop structure, with possible improvement in the desired binding interaction with target nucleic acids.
- The oligonucleotide sequences can also be random sequences. The random oligonucleotide sequences can include any of the above base-pair forming units or specialized units in a random sequence.
- The oligonucleotide sequences can be from about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the random or gene specific sequence can be about 5 to about 100 nucleotides long. The oligonucleotides sequences can be any of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or 100 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotides sequences can be from about 5 to about 30 nucleotides long, from about 7 to about 25 nucleotides long, or from about 7 to about 15 nucleotides long.
- The oligonucleotide sequences, whether random or gene specific, can be complementary to a target nucleic acid with a length of the oligonucleotide sequence anywhere from about 5 to about 100 bases in length. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide sequences can be complementary to the target nucleic acid with an oligonucleotide sequence length in the range of about 5 to about 50 bases in length, about 5 to about 40 bases in length, or about 10 to about 30 bases in length.
- The oligonucleotide sequences can also be optimized to provide chemical properties. The length of oligonucleotide sequences can be selected based on chemical properties, such as melting and annealing temperatures of the complementary sequence. The melting temperature, Tm, is defined as the temperature in degrees Celsius, at which 50% of all molecules of a given oligonucleotide sequences are hybridized into a double strand, and 50% are present as single strands. The annealing temperature is generally 5 C lower than the melting temperature.
- The Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences can be in a range from about 10 C below to about 40 C above the temperature of the conditions in which the templated assembly reactant will be used. For example, if templated assembly reactants are to be used at 37 C, the oligonucleotide may be designed with an expected Tm from 27 C to 77 C. In some embodiments, the template assembly reactants can be used at approximately 37 C, and the Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences can be designed to be in the range of about 37 C to about 52 C.
- In some embodiments, oligonucleotide sequences can be designed such that the Tm to bind the target nucleic acid is substantially different from the Tm to bind a similar non-target nucleic acid. For example, the oligonucleotide sequences may be designed such that the hybridization site it binds to on a target nucleic acid includes the site of a mutation. In some embodiments, the Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences binding to the target nucleic acid is at or above the temperature at which the templated assembly reactant will be used, while the Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences binding to the non-target nucleic acid is below the temperature at which the templated assembly reactant will be used. The oligonucleotide sequences will then bind to the mutant target sequence, but not to the non-target, non-mutant sequence.
- The Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences can be in a range from about 10 C below to about 40 C above the temperature of the conditions in which the templated assembly reactant will be used. For example, if templated assembly reactants are to be used at 37 C, the oligonucleotide sequences may be designed with an expected Tm from 27 C to 77 C. In some embodiments, the template assembly reactants can be used at approximately 37 C, and the Tm of the oligonucleotide sequences can be designed to be in the range of about 37 C to about 52 C.
- The templated assembly reactant can also include a 5′ and/or a 3′ priming site adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences. The priming site can be directly flanking the oligonucleotide sequence or can be separated from the oligonucleotide sequence by a linker sequence. Primer sequences commonly used in the art can be included. Such examples may include, but are not limited to, M13, T3, T7, SP6, VF2, VR, modified versions thereof, complementary sequences thereof, and reverse sequences thereof. In addition, custom primer sequences are also included.
- The templated assembly reactants can also include an intermediate, such as a linker or spacer. The linker can be an additional oligonucleotide sequence ranging from 1 to about 50 nucleotides long. The linker can also be a peptide, a non-active portion of a peptidomimetic structure, a non-active portion of a drug, or other bioactive compound that is less than 20 kDa. A linker may be comprised of branched or unbranched covalently bonded molecular chain. In some embodiments, the linker is a spacer of at least 6 carbon atoms.
- The templated assembly reactants can also include a modification adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences to be reactive in a templated assembly reaction, such as a selectively-reactive moiety. Such modifications for templated assembly reactions are disclosed in U.S. Application No. 61/831,133, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the modification is flanking the oligonucleotide sequence. As used herein, the “flanking sequence” can refer to a region immediately, e.g. within 1 to 5 basepairs, or within close proximity to, e.g. within 5 to 20 basepairs, the oligonucleotide sequence.
- The modification can be biologically inert. In particular, the modification on one oligonucleotide sequence can interact readily with a corresponding modification on another oligonucleotide sequence, but will not readily interact with natural biomolecules. This is to ensure that the templated assembly reaction is formed when corresponding templated assembly reactants are assembled. It also safeguards against non-specific reactions occurring in the environment and prevents the formation of unintended products.
- Examples of selectively-reactive moieties, modifications for reactivity in a templated assembly reaction, can include adding a bio-orthogonal reactive moiety. The bio-orthogonal reactive moiety can include those groups that can undergo “click” reactions between azides and alkynes, traceless or non-traceless Staudinger reactions between azides and phosphines, and native chemical ligation reactions between thioesters and thiols. Additionally, the bio-orthogonal moiety can be any of an azide, a cyclooctyne, a nitrone, a norbornene, an oxanorbornadiene, a phosphine, a dialkyl phosphine, a trialkyl phosphine, a phosphinothiol, a phosphinophenol, a cyclooctene, a nitrile oxide, a thioester, a tetrazine, an isonitrile, a tetrazole, a quadricyclane, and derivatives thereof.
- In some embodiments, a first population of templated assembly reactants and a second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants are disclosed. The first population can include one modification and the second population can include a corresponding modification. For example, the first population can include azides on the templated assembly reactants and the second population can include alkynes on the templated assembly reactants, such that the first and second populations are capable of reacting in a click reaction to produce ligated products.
- Multiple modifications for reactivity in a templated assembly reaction can be used with the methods and kits disclosed herein, some non-limiting examples include:
- Azide-alkyne “Click Chemistry”: click chemistry is highly selective as neither azides nor alkynes react with common biomolecules under typical conditions. Azides of the form R—N3 and terminal alkynes of the form R—C≡CH or internal alkynes of the form R—C≡C—R react readily with each other to produce Huisgen cycloaddition products in the form of 1,2,3-triazoles
- Azide-based templated assembly reactants have the substructure: R—N3 where R is a chemical linker, nucleic acid recognition moiety, or effector partial moiety. Azides and azide derivatives may be readily prepared from commercially available reagents.
- Azides can also be introduced to an effector partial moiety during synthesis of the effector partial moiety. In some embodiments, an azide group is introduced into a effector partial moiety comprised of a peptide by incorporation of a commercially available azide-derivatized standard amino acid or amino acid analogue during synthesis of the effector partial moiety peptide using standard peptide synthesis methods. Amino acids may be derivatized with an azide replacing the α-amino group, affording a structure of the form:
- where R is a side chain of a standard amino acid or non-standard amino acid analogue.
- Commercially available products can introduce azide functionality as an amino acid side chains, resulting in a structure of the form:
- where A is any atom and its substituents in a side chain of a standard amino acid or non-standard amino acid analogue.
- An azide may also be introduced into a effector partial moiety peptide after synthesis by conversion of an amine group on the peptide to an azide by diazotransfer methods. Bioconjugate chemistry can also be used to join commercially available derivatized azides to chemical linkers, nucleic acid recognition moieties, or effector partial moieties that contain suitable reactive groups.
- Standard alkynes can be incorporated into a templated assembly reactant by methods similar to azide incorporation. Alkyne-functionalized nucleotide analogues are commercially available, allowing alkyne groups to be directly incorporated at the time of nucleic acid recognition moiety synthesis. Similarly, alkyne-derivatized amino acid analogues may be incorporated into a effector partial moiety by standard peptide synthesis methods. Additionally, diverse functionalized alkynes compatible with bioconjugate chemistry approaches may be used to facilitate the incorporation of alkynes to other moieties through suitable functional or side groups.
- Azide-activated alkyne “Click Chemistry”: Standard azide-alkyne chemistry reactions typically require a catalyst, such as copper(I). Since copper(I) at catalytic concentrations is toxic to many biological systems, standard azide-alkyne chemistry reactions have limited uses in living cells. Copper-free click chemistry systems based on activated alkynes circumvent toxic catalysts.
- Activated alkynes often take the form of cyclooctynes, where incorporation into the cyclooctyl group introduces ring strain to the alkyne
- Heteroatoms or substituents may be introduced at various locations in the cyclooctyl ring, which may alter the reactivity of the alkyne or afford other alternative chemical properties in the compound. Various locations on the ring may also serve as attachment points for linking the cyclooctyne to a nucleic acid templated assembly moiety or linker. These locations on the ring or its substituents may optionally be further derivatized with accessory groups.
- Multiple cyclooctynes are commercially available, including several derivatized versions suitable for use with standard bioconjugation chemistry protocols. Commercially available cyclooctyne derivatized nucleotides can aid in facilitating convenient incorporation of the selectively-reactive moiety during nucleic acid recognition moiety synthesis
- Cyclooctyne-azide based bio-orthogonal chemistry may produce templated assembly products of the general structure:
- Another example:
- Azide-Phosphine Staudinger Chemistry: The Staudinger reduction, based on the rapid reaction between an azide and a phosphine or phosphite with loss of N2, also represents a bio-orthogonal reaction. The Staudinger ligation, in which covalent links are formed between the reactants in a Staudinger reaction, is suited for use in nucleic acid templated assembly. Both non-traceless and traceless forms of the Staudinger ligation allow for a diversity of options in the chemical structure of products formed in these reactions.
- Non-Traceless Staudinger Ligation: The standard Staudinger ligation is a non-traceless reaction between an azide and a phenyl-substituted phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, where an electrophilic trap substituent on the phosphine, such as a methyl ester, rearranges with the aza-ylide intermediate of the reaction to produce a ligation product linked by a phosphine oxide. An example of a Staudinger ligation product formed by templated assembly reactants A and B may have the structure:
- Phenyl-substituted phosphines carrying electrophilic traps can also be readily synthesized. Derivatized versions are available commercially and suitable for incorporation into templated assembly reactants:
- Traceless Staudinger Ligation: In some embodiments, phosphines capable of traceless Staudinger ligations may be utilized as selectively-reactive moieties. In a traceless reaction, the phosphine serves as a leaving group during rearrangement of the aza-ylide intermediate, creating a ligation typically in the form of a native amide bond. Compounds capable of traceless Staudinger ligation generally take the form of a thioester derivatized phosphine or an ester derivatized phosphine:
- Ester derivatized phosphines for traceless Staudinger ligation.
- Thioester derivatized phosphines for traceless Staudinger ligations.
- Chemical linkers or accessory groups may optionally be appended as substituents to the R groups in the above structures, providing attachment points for nucleic acid recognition moieties or for the introduction of additional functionality to the reactant.
- Traceless Phosphinophenol Staudinger Ligation: Compared to the non-traceless Staudinger phenylphosphine compounds, the orientation of the electrophilic trap ester on a traceless phosphinophenol is reversed relative to the phenyl group. This enables traceless Staudinger ligations to occur in reactions with azides, generating a native amide bond in the product without inclusion of the phosphine oxide
- The traceless Staudinger ligation may be performed in aqueous media without organic co-solvents if suitable hydrophilic groups, such as tertiary amines, are appended to the phenylphosphine. An article by Weisbord and Marx (2010) describes preparation of water-soluble phosphinophenol, which may be loaded with a desired effector partial moiety containing a carboxylic acid (such as the C-terminus of a peptide) via the mild Steglich esterification using a carbodiimide such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) and an ester-activating agent such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT). This approach facilitates synthesis of templated assembly reactants of the form:
- Water-soluble phosphinophenol-based traceless templated assembly reactant structure.
- Traceless Phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger Ligation: Phosphinomethanethiols represent an alternative to phosphinophenols for mediating traceless Staudinger ligation reactions. In general, phosphinomethanethiols possess favorable reaction kinetics compared with phosphinophenols in mediating traceless Staudinger reaction. U.S. Application 2010/0048866 and an article to Tam et al. (2007) describe preparation of water-soluble phosphinomethanethiols of the form:
- These compounds may be loaded with a peptide or other payload, in the form of an activated ester, to form a thioester suitable for use as a traceless bio-orthogonal reactive group:
- Templated assembly reactant structure based on water-soluble phosphinomethanethiol traceless Staudinger bio-orthogonal chemistry.
- Native Chemical Ligation: Native chemical ligation is a bio-orthogonal approach based on the reaction between a thioester and a compound bearing a thiol and an amine. The classic native chemical ligation is between a peptide bearing a C-terminal thioester and another bearing an N-terminal cysteine, as seen below:
- Native chemical ligation may be utilized to mediate traceless reactions producing a peptide or peptidomimetic containing an internal cysteine residue, or other thiol-containing residue if non-standard amino acids are utilized.
- N-terminal cysteines may be incorporated by standard amino acid synthesis methods. Terminal thioesters may be generated by several methods known in the art, including condensation of activated esters with thiols using agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), or introduction during peptide synthesis via the use of “Safety-Catch” support resins.
- Other Templated Assembly Reaction Moieties: Any suitable bio-orthogonal reaction chemistry may be utilized for synthesis of templated assembly reactants, as long as it efficiently mediates a reaction in a highly selective manner in complex biologic environments. A recently developed non-limiting example of an alternative bio-orthogonal chemistry that may be suitable is reaction between tetrazine and various alkenes such as norbornene and trans-cyclooctene, which efficiently mediates bio-orthogonal reactions in aqueous media.
- In some embodiments, the templated assembly reactants can also include an effector partial moiety, such that when a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants participates in a templated assembly reaction, an active effector product can be generated. The effector partial moiety can be a portion of an active effector structure, such that when a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants take part in a templated reaction, their effector partial moieties combine to produce the desired active effector structure in the templated assembly ligation product. Thus, the effector partial moiety contributes to the chemical structure of the active effector structure. The effector partial moiety can be a distinct portion of the templated assembly reactant, or may include part or all of the nucleic acid recognition moiety and/or part or all of the selectively-reactive moiety. The phrases “active effector structure” and “effector structure” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the active portion of a templated assembly product that triggers a desired effect.
- The effector partial moiety does not possess the targeted activity or the same level of activity associated with the active effector structure. In some embodiments, the effector partial structure is substantially inactive as compared to the active effector structure. In some embodiments, the individual effector partial moieties can possess separate activity, but binding the effector partial moieties together create an activity not possessed by them individually. For example, a bivalent effector structure that binds two different antibodies (each binds to a effector partial structure), making the effector suitable e.g., for detection in a sandwich ELISA for diagnostic evaluation. In some embodiments, the effector partial moieties together create a signal that can be detected upon a templated assembly reaction, such as luminescence.
- The identification of templated assembly targets can include hybridizing the templated assembly reactants to target nucleic acids.
- Nucleic acids, such as DNA or RNA, from a source of interest can be hybridized with the templated assembly reactants to selectively bind the oligonucleotide sequences. A target nucleic acid “complement(s)” or is “complementary” to the oligonucleotide when it is capable of base-pairing with the oligonucleotide according to the standard Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reverse Hoogsteen binding complementarity rules.
- As used herein, the terms “complementary” and “complement(s)” refer to an oligonucleotide comprising a sequence of consecutive nucleotides or semi-consecutive nucleotides (e.g., one or more nucleotide moieties are not present in the molecule) capable of hybridizing to a target nucleic acid strand or duplex that may be consecutive, semi-consecutive or non-consecutive nucleotides even if less than all the nucleotides do not base pair with a counterpart nucleotide. In some embodiments, a “complementary” nucleic acid comprises a sequence in which about 70%, about 71%, about 72%, about 73%, about 74%, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, to about 100%, and any range derivable therein, of the oligonucleotide sequence is capable of base-pairing with a single or double stranded target nucleic acid during hybridization. In some embodiments, the term “complementary” refers to an oligonucleotide that may hybridize to target nucleic acid strand or duplex in stringent conditions, as would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- In some embodiments, a “partly complementary” nucleic acid comprises a sequence that may hybridize in low stringency conditions to a single or double stranded nucleic acid, or contains a sequence in which less than about 70% of the nucleotide sequence is capable of base-pairing with a single or double stranded nucleic acid molecule during hybridization.
- Prior to hybridization, the oligonucleotides modified to nucleic acid template reactants are subjected to a transient heat-denaturation step (2 minutes/80° C.). The samples are exposed to conditions conducive for hybridization to accessible tracts of target nucleic acids by complementary oligonucleotides.
- Any nucleic acid can be a possible target nucleic acid for nucleic acid templated assembly provided that at least some sequence information is available, sufficient to bind the oligonucleotide either directly or indirectly. Some non-limiting examples of nucleic acid recognition moiety units can include oligonucleotides, peptide nucleic acid oligomers, and morpholino oligomers. Some non-limiting examples of target nucleic acid sequences or oligonucleotides can include mRNA, genomic or organellar DNA, episomal or plasmid DNA, viral DNA or RNA, miRNA, rRNA, snRNA, tRNA, or any other biological or artificial nucleic acid sequence.
- In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid can be present in a target compartment but absent in a non-target compartment. An example of this embodiment includes nucleic acid sequences present in a pathogenic or diseased cell, but absent in a healthy cell. The phrase “pathogenic cell” as used herein can refer to a cell that is capable of causing or promoting a diseased or an abnormal condition, such as a cell infected with a virus, a tumor cell, and a cell infected with a microbe.
- Any cell, virus, tissues, spatial regions, lysate, or other subcomponent of a sample that contains a target nucleic acid can provide the target nucleic acid. Target compartments that contain the target nucleic acid can include, but are not limited to, pathogenic cells, cancer cells, viruses, host cells infected by a virus or other pathogen, or cells of the immune system that are contributing to autoimmunity such as cells of the adaptive or innate immune systems, transplant rejection, or an allergic response. In some embodiments, a target nucleic acid can be present in a virus or cell infected by a virus, but absent in healthy cells. Some non-limiting examples of virus can include DNA viruses, RNA viruses, or reverse transcribing viruses. In some embodiments, a target nucleic acid can be present in a tumor or cancerous cell, but absent in healthy cells. Some non-limiting examples of cancers can include those caused by oncoviruses, such as the human papilloma viruses, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, human T-lymphotropic viruses, Merkel cell polyoma virus, and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus. In some embodiments, a target nucleic acid can be present in an infectious agent or microbe, or a cell infected by an infectious agent or microbe but is absent in healthy cells. Some non-limiting examples of infectious agents or microbes can include viruses, bacteria, fungi, protists, prions, or eukaryotic parasites.
- The target nucleic acid sequence can also be a fragment, portion or part of a gene, such as an oncogene, a mutant gene, an oncoviral gene, a viral nucleic acid sequence, a microbial nucleic acid sequence, a differentially expressed gene, and a nucleic acid gene product thereof.
- Some non-limiting examples of virus-specific target nucleic acids can include sequences present in DNA viruses, RNA viruses, or reverse transcribing viruses. Some non-limiting examples of cancer-specific nucleic acids can include sequences derived from oncoviruses, including, but not limited to, human papilloma virus, Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, human T-lymphotropic virus, Merkel cell polyoma virus, and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus. Examples of cancer-specific target nucleic acids can include mutant oncogenes, such as mutated ras, HRAS, KRAS, NRAS, BRAF, EGFR, FLT1, FLT4, KDR, PDGFRA, PDGFRB, ABL1, PDGFB, MYC, CCND1, CDK2, CDK4, or SRC genes; mutant tumor suppressor genes, such as TP53, TP63, TP73, MDM1, MDM2, ATM, RB1, RBL1, RBL2, PTEN, APC, DCC, WT1, IRF1, CDK2AP1, CDKN1A, CDKN1B, CDKN2A, TRIM3, BRCA1, or BRCA2 genes; and genes expressed in cancer cells, where the gene may not be mutated or genetically altered, but is not expressed in healthy cells of a sample at the time of administration, such as carcinoembryonic antigen.
- The target nucleic acids can be obtained prior to hybridizing the oligonucleotides in the templated assembly reactants to the target nucleic acids. The target nucleic acids can further be isolated from a target sample, such as a cell population, a tumor, a tissue, or an organ. The target nucleic acids can also be present in a whole cell lysate and not separated or isolated other cellular materials. In some embodiments, the native secondary structures of the target nucleic acids is maintained prior to hybridization.
- In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid can be present in differential amounts or concentrations in the target compartments as compared to the non-target compartments. Examples can include, but are not limited to, genes expressed at a different level in cancer cells than in healthy cells, such as myc, telomerase, HER2, or cyclin-dependent kinases. In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid sequence can be a gene that is at least 1.5×-fold or 2.0×-fold differentially expressed in the target versus the non-target compartments. Some examples of these can include, but are not limited to, genes related to mediating Type I allergic responses, for which target RNA molecules contain immunoglobulin epsilon heavy chain sequences; genes expressed in T cell subsets, such as specific T cell receptors (TCRs) which recognize self-antigens in the context of particular major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins like proinsulin-derived peptide and clonally-specific mRNAs containing α or β variable-region sequences, derived from diabetogenic CD8+ T cells; and cytokines whose production may have adverse outcomes through exacerbation of inflammatory responses, including but not limited to TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21, IL-22, IL-27, IL-31, IFN-gamma, OSM, and LIF.
- In some embodiments, a target nucleic acid is present in target compartments and an acceptable subgroup of non-target compartments, but not in a different or distinct subgroup of non-target compartments. Some non-limiting examples can include genes expressed in cancer cells and limited to classes of healthy cells, such as cancer-testis antigens, survivin, prostate-specific antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), alpha-fetoprotein and other onco-fetal proteins. Also, many tissues and organs are not essential to otherwise healthy life in the face of serious disease. For example, melanocyte antigens, such as Melan-A/MART-1 and gp100 are expressed on many malignant melanomas as well as normal melanocytes, and therapies that target these antigens can destroy both tumors and normal melanocytes, resulting in vitiligo, but major tumor reduction. Likewise, the reproductive organs may be surgically removed, such as testis, ovary and uterus, as well as associated organs such as breast and prostate may be targeted when tumors of these tissues arise, and destruction of normal tissues within these organs may be a tolerable consequence of therapy. Furthermore, some cells that produce hormones, such as thyroxine and insulin can be replaced with the relevant peptide or protein, allowing potential targeting of normal cells that may exist in the presence of tumors of these origins.
- Target nucleic acids can also include novel sequences, not previously identified. In some embodiments, a sample or samples can be evaluated by sequence analysis, such as next-generation sequencing, whole-transcriptome (RNA-seq) or whole-genome sequencing, microarray profiling, serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE), to determine the genetic makeup of the sample. Target nucleic acid sequences can be identified as those present in target compartments, but not present in non-target compartments, or present in differential amounts or concentrations in target compartments as compared to non-target compartments. Sequences identified by this method can then serve as target nucleic acids.
- The oligonucleotide sequence of the templated assembly reactant can hybridize under hybridization conditions with varying stringency. The phrase “hybridization conditions” refers to conditions under which the oligonucleotides will hybridize to its target nucleic acids, typically in a complex mixture of nucleic acids, such as whole cell lysates, but to no other sequences. Hybridization conditions are sequence dependent and will be different in different circumstances. Longer sequences hybridize specifically at higher temperatures. An extensive guide to the hybridization of nucleic acids is found in Tijssen, Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology—Hybridisation with Nucleic Probes, “Overview of principles of hybridization and the strategy of nucleic acid assays” (1993). Generally, hybridization conditions are selected to be about 5-10 C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength, pH, and nucleic concentration) at which 50% of the oligonucleotides complementary to the target hybridize to the target nucleic acids at equilibrium (as the target nucleic acids are present in excess, at Tm, 50% of the probes are occupied at equilibrium).
- The templated assembly reactants with oligonucleotide sequences can be present in an excess over the target nucleic acids during hybridization. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotides can be present in about a 10-100 fold excess over the target nucleic acids. The oligonucleotides can be about 5×, 10×, 15×, 20×, 25×, 30×, 35×, 40×, 45×, 50×, 55×, 60×, 65×, 70×, 75×, 80×, 85×, 90×, 95×, 100×, 125×, 150×, 200×, 300×, or any amount in between, excess over the target nucleic acids.
- While excess of templated assembly reactants with oligonucleotide sequences (effector partials) over target templates is permissable, the converse situation (excess of target template) may reduce templated assembly efficacy. This “template titration” effect indicates that quantitation of template levels is highly useful, as well as identification of suitable specific sites within an RNA target molecule. Very low levels of an RNA target may also be counter-productive in terms of the application of templated assembly. Thus, an ideal range may exist for a specific template, influenced by steady-state template levels and other factors, including efficiency of target site access.
- Hybridization conditions can be those in which the salt concentration is less than about 1.0 M sodium ion, typically about 0.01 to 1.0 M sodium ion concentration (or other salts) at pH 7.0 to 8.3 and the temperature is at least about 30 C for short probes (e.g., 10 to 50 nucleotides) and at least about 60 C for long oligonucleotides (e.g., greater than 50 nucleotides). Hybridization conditions may also be achieved with the addition of destabilizing agents such as formamide. For selective or specific hybridization, a positive signal is at least two times background, optionally 10 times background hybridization. Exemplary hybridization hybridization conditions can be as following: 50% formamide, 5×SSC, and 1% SDS, incubating at 42 C, or, 5×SSC, 1% SDS, incubating at 65 C, with wash in 0.2×SSC, and 0.1% SDS at 65 C. Such hybridizations and wash steps can be carried out for, e.g., 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, or more minutes. In an exemplary embodiment, such hybridizations and wash steps can be carried out for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after hybridization. The unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Hybridizations can also be performed successively. In some embodiments, a first population of templated assembly reactants is hybridized to the target nucleic acids. Excess unbound templated assembly reactants of the first population can be removed. Then the second population of corresponding templated assembly reactants can be hybridized to the target nucleic acids that have been hybridized to the first population. Excess unbound templated assembly reactants of the second population can also be removed.
- Nucleic acid templated assembly brings two or more templated assembly reactants into proximity to generate a templated assembly ligation product. The phrase “templated assembly ligation product,” as used herein, refers to the product structure or structures formed by interaction, binding or reaction of one or more nucleic acid templated assembly reactants. A templated assembly ligation product may include an active effector product capable of producing a desired biological activity. Templated assembly ligation product formation is facilitated by the individual templated assembly reactants being assembled in a position- and/or orientation-specific manner through binding interactions, such as hybridization and annealing, with a target nucleic acid. Templated assembly reactants that come together on a single target template to take part in a templated assembly reaction are referred to herein as a “set of corresponding reactants” or “corresponding templated assembly reactants.” A set of corresponding templated assembly reactants bind in a sequence-specific manner to spatially proximate parts of a nucleic acid target template, and readily react with each other to produce templated assembly ligation products including an active effector structure.
- The templated assembly reaction can be, but is not limited to the following reactions: a click chemical reaction, a Staudinger chemistry, a non-traceless Staudinger ligation, traceless Staudinger ligation, a native chemical ligation, and other template assembly reactions. In some embodiments, the templated assembly reaction can be either a traceless phosphinophenol Staudinger ligation or a traceless phosphinomethanethiol Staudinger ligation. In some embodiments, click reactions can be performed.
- Templated assembly reactions are further disclosed in U.S. Application No. 61/831,133, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after templated assembly. The unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Identifying the target nucleic acids can include any, or a combination of, amplifying the reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants; selective cleavage of reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants; microcompartmentalizing the reacted templated assembly reactants from the unreacted templated assembly reactants; and sequencing the oligonucleotides from the reacted templated assembly reactants.
- Identification of the target nucleic acids can be performed by amplification of the complementary reacted templated assembly (CLOSE) reactants with primers complementary to the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides. Only templated assembly reactant pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined via specific templated assembly reaction with the formation of triazole product are potentially amplifiable by PCR, by virtue of the specific linkage produced between the reactants.
- In addition to effector partial sites for templated assembly that are contiguous within a target RNA sequence, non-contiguous (discontinuous) target sites may be effective, provided that they are brought into spatial proximity by virtue of folded RNA secondary structures, or other high-order structural arrangements. Non-limiting examples of such secondary structural motifs include stem loops, internal sites within loops, and pseudoknots.
- Oligonucleotides from the templated assembly reactants may hybridize to target nucleic acids in a spatially-proximal manner, yet be unable to promote amplifiable templated assembly reaction linkages. This may occur when the hybridizations juxtapose non-biologically amplifiable 5′-5′ or 3′-3′ ends, or where the templated assembly reaction between 5′- and 3′-modified ends of the template assembly reactants results in products whose size or structure is incompatible with polymerases.
- Selective cleavage of the reacted templated assembly reactants, or reacted products, can also be performed. Restriction digestion of reacted products over unreacted products can utilize sites engineered into primer sites or linker sequences adjacent to the oligonucleotide sequences. Reacted and unreacted products can also be differentiated by methylation specific enzymes. In some embodiments, cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation can be used. In some embodiments, the reacted products can be made double stranded through polymerase extension. The resulting duplex can be cleaved with an enzyme that recognizes a restriction site in the primer sites or linker sequences.
- The cleaved reacted products can also be enzymatically ligated to preserve the linkage information between proximally-hybridized sequences and enable amplification.
- In vitro compartmentalization can also be used to isolate templated assembly reaction linkages relies from unreacted templated assembly reactants by sequestering unreacted strands into individually-isolated compartments, preventing their ligation or reaction with other unreacted strands that may give spurious amplification signals (signals which have not resulted from original templated assembly reactions). These conditions can be achievable by forming emulsions which may be produced from any suitable combination of immiscible liquids. Hydrophilic solvents form “aqueous” droplets of microscopic or colloidal size. “Droplets” are also referred to as “microcompartments” herein. The aqueous droplets in the colloid can be formed from any hydrophilic material suitable for forming an emulsion, containing biochemical components in a stable form; and providing an environment in which the described reactions can occur.
- The emulsion may be stabilized by addition of one or more surface-active agents (surfactants). These surfactants are termed emulsifying agents and act at the hydrophilic/hydrophobic interface to prevent (or at least delay) separation of the phases. Many hydrophobic liquids such as oils and many emulsifiers can be used for the generation of biphasic emulsions; a recent compilation listed over 16,000 surfactants, many of which are used as emulsifying agents (Ash, M. and Ash, I. Handbook of industrial surfactants. Gower Publishing Ltd: Aldershot, Hampshire, UK (1993); and Schick, Nonionic surfactants. Marcel Dekker: N.Y. (1996)) such as sorbitan monooleate (SPAN™ 80; ICI)) and polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (TWEEN™ 80; ICI)).
- The sequence of the oligonucleotides can be determined and verified using any suitable sequencing method including, but not limited to, chemical degradation (A. M. Maxam and W. Gilbert, Methods of Enzymology, 1980, 65, 499-560), matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight (MALDI-TOF) mass spectrometry (Pieles et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1993, 21, 3191-3196), mass spectrometry following alkaline phosphatase and exonuclease digestions (Wu et al., Anal. Biochem., 2001, 290, 347-352), and the like.
- In some embodiments, the target nucleic acids can be identified by amplifying the reacted or unreacted templated assembly reactants and sequencing the oligonucleotides from the reacted templated assembly reactants.
- Methods for enrichment of templated assembly reactants are also disclosed. The enrichment can select for reacted templated assembly reactants with templated assembly targets having relevance to a pathology, diseased state, an aberrant cell of interest, or a particular cellular nucleic acid target.
- In some embodiments, enrichment of a pair of templated assembly effectors from a library of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products includes obtaining a library of oligonucleotides chemically ligated through templated assembly due to spatial proximity to cellular nucleic acid targets, amplifying the library of ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, and selectively enriching for ligated oligonucleotide-cellular nucleic acid targets, wherein the ligated targets are selected for relevance to a pathology of an aberrant cell of interest or to a discontinuous hybridization to the cellular nucleic acid targets.
- In some embodiments, templated assembly effectors that have hybridized to a cellular RNA target source can be enriched towards a specific target RNA, where these are known from previous observations. Such a target-directed enrichment may be applied after chemical ligation of spatially proximal CLOSE effectors, and is herein termed “target-directed CLOSE.” The required target-directed enrichment is achievable by hybridizations between the subsets of CLOSE libraries which bind total cellular RNA, and a specific nucleic acid probe sequence corresponding to the target of interest. Such hybridizations are most efficient when both the CLOSE sublibrary and probes are rendered as single strands of appropriate complementarity.
- As used herein, “chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited” refers to pairs of oligonucleotides that have been chemically ligated as a consequence of their spatial proximity through hybridization to target nucleic acid templates.
- A large CLOSE collection is referred to as a CLOSE library, which can be in primary, rearranged, or amplified forms. A primary CLOSE library includes chemical products of templated assembly reactions resulting from spatially-enabled reactions. An amplified CLOSE library can be derived directly from PCR of a primary library with a readable chemical ligation point, or indirectly, where PCR was permitted by priming site manipulations as achieved with a rearranged library. In some embodiments, the CLOSE products include short PCR product duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides. Amplification of the CLOSE products can be performed by amplification of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides with primers complementary to the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides. Only oligonucleotides pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined via the templated assembly reaction are potentially amplifiable by PCR, by virtue of the linkage produced between the oligonucleotides.
- Excess unbound templated assembly reactants can also be removed after templated assembly. The unbound templated assembly reactants can be removed by methods commonly used in the art, such as but not limited to, sequential precipitations with polyethylene glycol 8000 (PEG), enzymatic digestion, ultrafiltration, or gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- Subtraction can also be used to enrich ligated oligonucleotide pairs of the CLOSE library. The ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a target cell or tissue from the CLOSE library can be enriched over ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a different cell or tissue. In some embodiments, the ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells can be enriched over ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from a normal cell counterpart. In some embodiments, the ligated targets from an aberrant cell of interest can be enriched by removing ligated targets derived from normal cells of interest. Subtraction may be effected between libraries of ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells and normal cells, where biotinylated normal sequences are removed after hybridization by means of solid-phase streptavidin binding. The remaining ligated oligonucleotide pairs after subtraction can be further processed for identification.
- A method of valuating a pair of chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products for templated assembly is also disclosed. The pair of CLOSE products as templated assembly reactants can be modified to interact readily with a corresponding modification on another templated assembly reactant, but will not readily interact with natural biomolecules. The modifications can impart a reactivity in a templated assembly reaction, such as a selectively-reactive moiety reactivity in a templated assembly reaction. Examples of a selectively-reactive moiety can include adding a bio-orthogonal reactive moiety. In some embodiments, a pyrene group, such as pyrene maleimide, can be added on the CLOSE products.
- Similar as described above, the CLOSE products can also include 5′ and/or 3′ priming sites, and/or an intermediate, such as a linker or spacer. The CLOSE products can also be further processed for identification as described herein.
- In some embodiments, a library of templated assembly reactants for identifying the templated assembly targets are disclosed. The library can include templated assembly reactants. In some embodiments, the library includes first and second populations of templated assembly reactants, where the templated assembly reactants include an oligonucleotide sequence and a modification for reaction in a templated assembly reaction.
- In some embodiments, a library can include chemically-ligated oligonucleotides spatially elicited (CLOSE) products. The library can also include at least one pair of templated assembly targets enriched to include oligonucleotides chemically ligated due to their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular nucleic acid templates. The CLOSE library can include an amplified library of chemically ligated products, and enriched oligonucleotides derived from aberrant target cells compared to normal cells.
- The kits described herein can be used for discovery of novel templating sites in cells of interest. These can be linear sites within a continuous segment of target RNA template, discontinuous (conformationally-enabled) sites in the same target template, or sites within separate templates juxtaposed via higher-order nucleic acid or nucleoprotein complexes that form within specific cells.
- A templating site specific to cells of interest can be identified with the kits and methods described herein and used as a diagnostic criterion for identifying the presence of such cells of interest within a large background of other cells. For example, in a sample of blood, urine, ascites, cerebrospinal fluid, bronchial lavage, oral washings and sputum, Pap smears, tissue biopsies or organs, bile, fecal matter, or other bodily fluids or parts.
- In embodiments where detection is based on fluorescence, kits can include templated assembly reactants that generate a fluorescent signal upon ligation of the templated assembly reactants, for example pyrene excimers, and fluorescent detection reagents. In some embodiments, kits can include templated assembly reactants that catalyze an enzymatic reaction upon ligation of the templated assembly reactants and detection reagents for the enzymatic read-out, such as, but not limited to, ELISAs.
- Diagnostic test evaluations of a set of corresponding templated assembly reactants and the subject may be employed. This evaluation may serve to determine if a particular set of templated assembly reactants can be competent to produce an effector structure in a given subject. This may be useful if the templated assembly reactants have not been utilized previously, or if a current sample is significantly different from previous samples, e.g. the sample contains a lower level of target nucleic acid than previous samples. The kits and diagnostics can also detect the presence or absence of target nucleic acids in a sample, or the abundance of target nucleic acids in a sample. The kits and diagnostics may also be useful in determining if a nucleic acid target is accessible for templated assembly reactions, providing information about secondary structures of a nucleic acid target in a sample. In some embodiments, the competency of the templated assembly reactants to identify target nucleic acids can be determined.
- The kits and diagnostics can include contacting the corresponding templated assembly reactants with a sample or multiple samples. Identification of a convenient in vitro readout for the activity produced by a successful templated assembly reaction is also included. Such readouts may include, but are not limited to, enzymatic activity like sandwich enzyme-linked immunosorbent and phosphatase assays, phosphorescence, immunofluorescence, bioluminescence, and the like may be performed.
- To perform the in vitro sandwich-style diagnostic evaluation assay, the following steps can be carried out. A sample or samples can be obtained from a subject to assay in vitro. Optionally, a target compartment sample (e.g., tumor biopsy) and non-target compartment negative control (e.g., a sample of healthy tissue) are obtained. Samples may be lysed in a suitable buffer to release nucleic acids, which may facilitate ease of use or increase the sensitivity of the assay. Templated assembly reactants can be administered to the sample or lysate. When target nucleic acid is present, templated assembly ligation products are formed.
- Ligated products can then be bound by an immobilized capture molecule. The molecule may be immobilized on a vessel, such as a microtiter plate well, or on a substrate, such as an agarose bead or magnetic bead that is mixed with assay medium. Sample material and non-ligated reactants can be removed and the immobilized complex can be washed. A detector molecule specific for an accessible part of the templated assembly ligation product can be incubated with the immobilized complex, and an appropriate detection readout can be performed. In some embodiments, specificity of the detector molecule, capture molecule, or both, may selectively detect a structure on the templated assembly ligation product that is not present on any templated assembly reactant before the templated assembly reaction occurs, such that the templated assembly ligation products can be captured and/or detected. For example, the specificity of the capture molecule selectively detects an effector product structure that is not present in the starting templated assembly reactants, ensuring that only templated ligation products are captured and detected.
- In some embodiments, the specificity of the detector molecule can selectively detect a structure on one templated assembly reactant, and the specificity of the capture molecule can selectively detect a structure on a different templated assembly reactant, such that a templated assembly ligation product would include both structures and thus be detected. Sets of templated assembly reactants contained on a single compound may be incompatible with this embodiment.
- In order that the subject matter disclosed herein may be more efficiently understood, examples are provided below. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the claimed subject matter in any manner.
- Two RDO populations are synthesized. Random regions are constituted of 25:25:25:25 dA:dC:dG:dT ratios during phosphoramidite-based synthesis. One synthetic population has a 5′-iodo-dT modification for subsequent chemical conversion to a 5′ azide group, and a 3′-priming site for a PCR primer, capped with a 3′-phosphate group designed to prevent unwanted polymerase extensions from this end. The other bears a 5′-priming site for a PCR primer and a 3′-5-methyl-C alkyne modification (propargyl group). Configurations of these oligonucleotides are depicted in
FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D . - RNA from a cellular source of interest is hybridized with the random oligonucleotide populations. One principle relies on hybridization to accessible tracts of cellular RNAs by specific members from each library. Where two oligonucleotides from both libraries anneal to RNA sequences in sufficient spatial proximity, click-reactivity is suitable. The resulting chemical joining of such proximal strands allows their subsequent amplification and identification. Prior to hybridization, the modified oligonucleotides are subjected to a transient heat-denaturation step (2 minutes/80 C), but this is not applicable to the RNA target, owing to the need to preserve native secondary structures. Whole-cell lysates may also be screened in an equivalent manner, where both protease and RNase inhibitors are used in order to protect endogenous native folded RNA or ribonucleoprotein structures.
- RNA may be prepared by any standard procedures, including, but not limited to, kits from commercial suppliers such as Qiagen and Norgen.
- RNA may be prepared in the form of a whole cytoplasmic lysate, obtained under gentle conditions. Such conditions may be achieved, but are not limited to, the example of osmotic lysis, with a hypotonic buffer of 20 mM Tris pH 7.4, 10 mM NaCl, and 3 mM MgCl2. Lysis of cells should be performed where proteins are protected by protease-inhibitor cocktails with 1 mM phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF), and also in the presence of oxidation-insensitive ribonuclease inhibitors, such as (but not limited to) murine RNase inhibitor (New England Biolabs).
- The RNA-oligonucleotide hybridizations are performed with both random chemically-modified populations simultaneously in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA. Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours. Hybridizations can be performed in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol, and 2.4 units/ml murine RNase inhibitor (New England Biolabs).
- When the hybridization step(s) are finished, unbound oligonucleotides are removed by PEG precipitation, ultrafiltration or gel size-exclusion chromatography. (Random oligonucleotides that have hybridized to the cellular RNA will co-purify with the RNA as long as the conditions favor DNA:RNA duplex persistence).
- In an alternative procedure, unbound oligonucleotides are depleted by treatment with DNase I, where hybridized RNA:DNA duplexes are insensitive to DNase I action, and unhybridized primer sites P1 and P2 are protected by duplexing with 2′-O-methyl complementary strands (
FIG. 1C ,FIG. 1D ). The DNase I treatment may be used as an alternative to other purification methods, or in conjunction with subsequent PEG precipitation, ultrafiltration or gel size-exclusion chromatography. - Cu(I)-click catalyzed reactions are then performed in 50-100 μl volumes for 30-60 minutes/25 C. Until this step is completed, it is best to preserve the structural integrity of the target cellular RNAs, using stringent RNase-free conditions as much as possible, and suitable RNase inhibitors. Cu(I)-click catalysis may be performed with commercial kits, or with individual components as known in the art. Alternatively, the Cu(I) component can be delivered using specific chelators, including, but not limited to, the compounds TBTA, THPTA, BTTAA and BTTES (Besanceney-Webler et al., Angewandt Chemie International Edition, 2011, 50, 8051-8056).
- After completion of the Cu(I)-catalyzed click reactions, the preparations are desalted to remove copper ions, most conveniently using small disposable spin columns (Biorad or Pierce).
- PCR is then performed with primers matching the priming sites carried by the specific oligonucleotides selected from the original random populations. Only oligonucleotide pairs (one from each separately-modified population) that have chemically joined are potentially amplifiable by this PCR process, by virtue of the “biocompatible” triazole linkage produced by the specific 5′-azide/3′-alkyne oligonucleotides used (
FIG. 2 ). Such joining can be promoted by either contiguous sites or sites juxtaposed by target RNA folding (FIG. 2 ). Products can only be formed by CLOSE oligonucleotides that have annealed to target template in the correct orientations (FIGS. 3A, 3B, 3C ). - Herein any pairs of oligonucleotides that have been chemically ligated as a consequence of their spatial proximity through hybridization to cellular RNA templates are referred to for convenience by the acronym CLOSE, denoting Chemically-Ligated Oligonucleotides, Spatially Elicited. A large CLOSE collection is referred to as a CLOSE library, which can be in primary, rearranged, or amplified forms.
- A primary CLOSE library contains the chemical products of click chemical reactions resulting directly from spatially-enabled reactions. An amplified CLOSE library is thus either derived directly from PCR of a primary library with a readable chemical ligation point, or indirectly, where PCR has become permitted by priming site manipulations as achieved with a rearranged library.
- Any amplified CLOSE library (whether directly or indirectly) is a large collection of short duplexes of the chemically ligated oligonucleotides defined by the PCR primers and priming sites used and the originally ligated spatially adjacent pair of oligonucleotides.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries from aberrant cells of interest vs. their normal counterparts may be directly subjected to sequencing and bioinformatic analyses. More focused approaches employ differential subtractive hybridizations to narrow the field of candidates.
- Bands corresponding to the PCR amplification products of primary CLOSE libraries are excised from gels and cloned.
- In some embodiments of CLOSE cloning, excised bands are cloned by means of 1-
base 5′ dA overhangs resulting from amplification with Taq DNA polymerase. Such 5′ dA-CLOSE fragments are cloned into plasmid vectors withsingle base 5′ dT overhangs. Large numbers of plasmid clones in suitable E. coli hosts are isolated as mini-scale preparations, and subjected to conventional automated sequencing with primers up and downstream from the CLOSE insert, placed at a sufficient distance such that the read-through of the CLOSE insert is complete. - Sequenced CLOSE clones were uniformly in the expected configuration, where a (+) strand 22-mer dimer (corresponding to the original single-stranded oligonucleotides) (from L- to R-,
FIGS. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D ) is 5′ N10-CT-N10. A series of arbitrarily selected CLOSE clone sequences were compared to a set of randomly generated sequences of the same pattern (FIG. 4 ). The CLOSE series had significantly higher GC content than would be expected on a purely random basis, suggesting that the hybridization-based selection procedure favored the greater stability conferred by higher GC levels. - In some embodiments of CLOSE cloning, excised bands are prepared for next-generation sequencing according to Illumina protocols. In some embodiments of CLOSE cloning, excised bands are prepared for next-generation sequencing according to other Next-Generation Sequencing protocols, including, but not limited to, protocols for Pyrosequencing, ABI SOLiD sequencing, Helicos, Nanopore sequencing, and Ion Torrent sequencing.
- When large numbers of CLOSE clones from aberrant cell sources have been sequenced, it is prudent to compare the accumulated sequence data with corresponding data from normal cells as closely matched to the aberrant cell targets as possible, in terms of their differentiation state and cell expression phenotypes, genotypes, and distribution of polymorphisms. This analysis corresponds to an in silico subtraction method.
- Sequence data is obtained from matched normal cells to the sequence CLOSE clones from amplified CLOSE libraries, by correspondence with the Method used for the CLOSE library of interest from aberrant cells.
- Sets of CLOSE sequence data from aberrant cells and matched normal cells of interest are subjected to bioinformatic analyses. The (+) strands of each CLOSE sequence are definable as two decamer tracts separated by a CT dinucleotide, corresponding (post-amplification) to the chemical ligation point between the 3′-(5-methyl)-dC-propargyl and 5′-dT-azide groups borne by the original oligonucleotides.
- Selection criterion for rejection of candidate CLOSE clones include: failure to find any significant match between either of the decamer tracts and the expressed or genomic sequences of the cells of interest. “Significance” is here defined as at least a 70% match for either tract.
- CLOSE sequence pairs from the aberrant cell source of interest will be ranked by their frequency of appearance from random picking of cloned CLOSE libraries (by conventional cloning and sequencing).
- Using the frequency-ranking criterion as a procedural guideline, CLOSE pairs from aberrant cell sources will be screened against CLOSE pairs from corresponding normal sources. Where matches with the normal cell source are identified, the matching CLOSE pairs from aberrant cells will be excluded from further analysis.
- Other criteria for flagging aberrant CLOSE sequence pairs as being of special interest are: 1) Either or both of the decamer sequences composing a CLOSE pair matching sequences of potential relevance to the pathology of the aberrant cell of interest, or 2) where the CLOSE pair-matches are identified as occurring discontinuously on the same RNA strand, or on separate RNA strands.
- Sequences of potential interest noted for tumor cells include, but are not limited to, genomic or expressed genes for known oncogenes or tumor suppressors, cell cycle regulators and mediators, transcriptonal regulators and mediators, translational regulators and mediators, telomerases, cytoskeletal components, and kinases.
- Subtraction may be effected between libraries of ligated oligonucleotide pairs derived from aberrant target cells and normal cells, where biotinylated normal sequences are removed after hybridization by means of solid-phase streptavidin binding.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries obtained according to the protocols disclosed herein are derived from aberrant cells of interest.
- Normal cells as closely matched as possible to the same lineage and differentiation state of the aberrant cells of interest are chosen. Non-limiting examples include: melanoma cells, normal melanocytes, B lymphomas, normal B cells, T lymphomas, and normal T cells.
- CLOSE libraries are obtained from the matched normal cells of interest. Such libraries should be prepared in an identical manner as for the corresponding aberrant cells, except for the use of distinct priming sites (P3, P4) in the initial oligonucleotides (
FIG. 5 ). Also, primers used in the final amplification step should bear 5′-biotin groups, such that the amplified CLOSE products themselves are biotinylated on both strands (FIG. 5 ). - When obtained from PCR reactions, both normal and aberrant CLOSE libraries are phenol-extracted and precipitated with 0.3 M sodium acetate and 2.5 volumes of ethanol, washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and redissolved in 20 μl TE. The normal biotinylated amplified CLOSE library is then mixed with its counterpart non-biotinylated library from aberrant cells, in a 10:1 ratio for normal:aberrant CLOSE products. The mixed library is denatured at 95° C. for 10 minutes, and then slowly cooled to room temperature.
- The re-hybridized products are then treated with excess solid-phase streptavidin to immobilize and remove all biotinylated strands. In non-limiting embodiments, the solid-phase streptavidin may be magnetic streptavidin beads or streptavidin-agarose. The binding capacity of any solid-phase streptavidin matrix used should be at least 10-fold in excess of the total number of moles of biotinylated oligonucleotides.
- The solid-phase streptavidin matrix is then separated from the unbound non-biotinylated remainder, which is constituted by oligonucleotides from the aberrant cell CLOSE library that have not hybridized with biotinylated oligonucleotides from the corresponding normal cell library. In embodiments where magnetic streptavidin beads are used, a magnetic separator accomplishes the pull-down of solid-phase streptavidin. In separation embodiments where streptavidin-agarose is used, the solid-phase streptavidin is separated by centrifugation at 5000 g/10 minutes.
- A sample of the soluble-phase material is then amplified using primers specific for the CLOSE library from the aberrant cell source of interest (
FIG. 5 ). The re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to a second cycle of subtraction against the original normal cell CLOSE library. The re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to a third cycle of subtraction against the original normal cell CLOSE library. The re-amplified enriched CLOSE library is then subjected to sequence analyses - Alternatively, oligonucleotide pairs restricted to aberrant cells may be selected through binding of cross-hybridizing pairs (within populations derived from aberrant cells themselves) with normal cellular RNA sources.
- Amplified CLOSE libraries obtained according to the protocols herein are derived from aberrant cells of interest.
- CLOSE libraries are reamplified where primer P1 bears a 5′-desthiobiotin modification, and primer P2 is unmodified (
FIG. 6 ). The hemi-desthiobiotinylated amplified CLOSE library is denatured at 95° C./10 minutes, and then incubated with an excess of a solid-phase streptavidin matrix. The solid-phase streptavidin matrix is washed three times with Tris-buffered saline, and then the bound desthiobiotin strands are eluted with 5 mM free biotin (FIG. 6 ). The eluate is desalted and excess free biotin removed by gel size-exclusion chromatography. - The desthiobiotinyated strand corresponds to the same sense as the primary CLOSE library obtained from the original hybridization with aberrant RNA. Matched normal cells for the aberrant cells of interest are chosen. Whole RNA preparations are isolated from the normal cellular source.
- Free desthiobiotinylated strands are denatured (80° C./5 minutes) and allowed to hybridize to the cellular RNA preparations for the same time period as used for the original CLOSE library hybridization itself with aberrant cell-derived RNA. RNA preparations are not heat-treated prior to addition of the denatured CLOSE library. RNA preparations are in a 2-fold molar excess over the desthiobiotinylated strands, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases. This process is depicted in
FIG. 7 . - The hybridized RNA-CLOSE library members are separated from unbound CLOSE library members by gel size-exclusion chromatography. Samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified and processed under the same conditions as disclosed above, resulting in an amplified selected population of desthiobiotinylated strands (
FIG. 7 ). - Free desthiobiotinylated strands are hybridized to the same normal RNA target, under the same conditions as disclosed above. The hybridized RNA-CLOSE library members are separated from unbound CLOSE library members by gel size-exclusion chromatography.
- In some embodiments, the samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified with normal (non-biotinylated) primers, to form an amplified population of selected duplex strands. In some embodiments, the samples of the unbound CLOSE library are re-amplified and processed under the same conditions as disclosed above, resulting in an amplified secondarily selected population of desthiobiotinylated strands. Following hybridization to the same normal cell RNA targets, unbound desthiobiotinylated strands are selected, and then re-amplified with normal (non-biotinylated) primers, to form an amplified secondary population of selected duplex strands. The amplified unbound CLOSE libraries are subjected to sequence analyses.
- CLOSE candidates identified through methods disclosed above (or any combination thereof), or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently, should be confirmed for their activity and efficacy in such a way as to permit focusing on the specific candidates with the greatest potential for driving high-level templated assembly. An independent measure of molecular proximity is the elicitation of excimer fluorescence between pyrene molecules.
- Following application (or any combination thereof) of the methods disclosed above, each decamer constituent of a CLOSE pair candidate will have identified cellular template(s) upon which it can hybridize. Based on the known templates identified through application of the CLOSE technology, it may be useful in at least a subset of cases to extend either or both of the decamer pairs, as dictated by the complementary sequences of the templates to which they target for hybridization. Extension may assist in cyto templating through thermal duplex stabilization. Such extended and optimized candidates are also evaluated.
- The individual decamer sequences which together constitute a CLOSE pair are separately re-synthesized and labeled with pyrene groups (
FIGS. 8A and 8B ). Pyrene labeling is effected by incorporating terminal thiol groups into synthesized DNAs (at either 5′- or 3′-ends as appropriate, as reducible disulfides in each case), and subsequently reacting the —SH groups with pyrene maleimide. - The pyrene group can be alternatively added by a pyrene maleimide with a spacer arm between the pyrene and maleimide moieties, including, but not limited to, pyrene-4-maleimide. The sites of pyrene additions are based on the type of CLOSE Method originally used. For CLOSE pairs identified with some of the methods above, pyrene modifications are appended at the same 5′- and 3′-ends as used for the original azide and alkyne modifications, respectively (
FIGS. 1A-1D ). Since CLOSE pairs identified with some of the methods above contain flanking sequences between the decamer tracts, these kinds of pairs are evaluated with pyrene groups appended to the exact original sequences, or the decamer tracts without the original flanking sequences. - Pyrene-modified CLOSE decamers are assessed for fluorescence changes upon hybridization in vitro to complementary DNA templates (
FIGS. 8A and 8B ). The ratio between excimer and monomer (e/m) emission spectra are measured with a spectrofluorometer, using control template sequences with varying degrees of sequence mismatch. Excitation wavelength is 335 nm, monomer peak emission wavelength is 375-410 nm, excimer emission peak is 480 nm. - For in cyto screening, pyrene modifications are performed on analogs of CLOSE decamers with nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or sugar moieties. These include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-methyl-nucleotides and phosphothioate nucleotides.
- Nuclease-modified and pyrene-labeled CLOSE decamers are transfected into target aberrant cells of interest, and also matched normal counterpart control cells lacking the exact target template. Fluorescence corresponding to excimer formation is assessed by fluorescence microscopy, and quantitated by spectrofluorometry.
- Positive excimer signals both confirm the spatial proximity of the CLOSE oligonucleotide pairs, and also, by virtue of their relative signal strengths, provide relative transcript levels. Signal strength as a combination of both accessibility and template copy number thereby provides a metric for relative potential templated assembly levels between different CLOSE decamers equipped with effector partial structures.
- CLOSE candidates or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently, can be confirmed for their efficacy, and evaluated for the relative abundances of their target templates by click ligation and QPCR. In addition, the same approaches as described above can be applied towards optimization of each candidate pair. Where decamer pairs have been obtained from CLOSE libraries, extensions based on known target template sequences can also be evaluated in the same manner.
- Individual specific CLOSE candidates are resynthesized with an alternative set of primer sites (P1 and P2, as in
FIGS. 1A-1D ). In some embodiments where multiplexing is initiated, a set of up to five separate candidate CLOSE decameric oligonucleotides are synthesized with distinct primer sites for each (P1.1/P2.1; P1.1/P2.2; P1.3/P2.3; P1.4/P2.4; and P1.5/P2.5). - Each pair of individual CLOSE candidates is separately incubated with an RNA preparation or a cytoplasmic lysate containing RNA and ribonucleoproteins, and excess oligonucleotides removed post-hybridization. Each preparation is subjected to click chemical ligation with Cu(I) catalysis under conditions of protection from RNases, and then desalted. After Cu(I) click-mediated ligations and desalting, preparations are treated with RNase A,
RNase 1f, and RNase III. - Samples of preparations are then subjected to quantitative PCR (QPCR) as depicted in
FIG. 9 , and described by Kono et al., Mol. Cancer Res., 2006, 4, 779-792. QPCR probes are 15-20 bases long, and complementary to a part of primer P1 region, all of one decamer, the bridging CT dinucleotide complementary to all CLOSE clones, and up to 5 bases of the second decamer (S2 ofFIG. 9 ). Specific probe lengths are determined by the base composition of the selected decamer regions) which also confer probe specificity), such that the Tm of the probe-target duplex is at least 62 C under standard salt conditions. Each probe is equipped with a 5′-fluor and a 3′-quencher, such that fluorescence may be quantitated by standard TaqMan chemistry. - The appended 5′-fluor may be, but is not limited to, FAM™, TAMRA™, CyS™ Cy3™, HEX™, JOE™ or ROX™. The appended 3′-quencher may be, but is not limited to, BHQ1™, BHQ2™, IowaBlack®-FQ, or IowaBlack®RQ. QPCR read-outs (threshold cycle numbers) are normalized to a corresponding signals from a composite panel of housekeeping genes (Vandesompele et al. 2002), or any subset or combination thereof. Relative normalized QPCR values are obtained for each candidate primer, where values are proportional to the original template copy number enabling proximity-promoted click-chemical ligation.
- The initial hybridizing specific candidate CLOSE pairs are set up for multiplexing. In multiplex experiments, up to five separate pairs of specific CLOSE decamers are simultaneously added for hybridizing to the RNA or whole-cell lysate targets described above.
- The multiplexed preparations are treated as described above. The multiplexed sets of chemically ligated specific CLOSE pairs are used for QPCR in single determinations, where each CLOSE pair itself is defined by a separate probe corresponding to the specific decamer regions in each case, and by use of ligated pair-specific probe-quencher combinations. The relative levels of each individual target within a multiplexed determination is derived from the specific fluorescent marker in each case, and related to corresponding levels of normal housekeeping gene controls.
- CLOSE candidates or any candidate pairs of sites derived independently, can be confirmed for their efficacy, and evaluated for the absolute abundances of their target templates by click ligation and digital PCR. It is desirable to gauge target transcript expression levels owing to the possibility of template titration, as noted above. In addition, the same approaches as described herein can be applied towards optimization of each candidate pair. Where decamer pairs have been obtained from CLOSE libraries, extensions based on known target template sequences (as described herein) can also be evaluated in the same manner.
- Individual specific CLOSE candidates are resynthesized with an alternative set of primer sites (P1 and P2, as in
FIGS. 1A-1D ). In some embodiments where multiplexing is initiated, a set of up to five separate candidate CLOSE decameric oligonucleotides are synthesized with distinct primer sites for each (P1.1/P2.1; P1.1/P2.2; P1.3/P2.3; P1.4/P2.4; and P1.5/P2.5). - Each preparation is subjected to click chemical ligation with Cu(I) catalysis under conditions of protection from RNases, desalted, and treated with RNases. Samples of preparations separately derived in each specific case are then molecularly partitioned into distinct compartments for digital PCR, along with Taq DNA polymerase, dNTPs, standard PCR buffer with 1.5 mM magnesium chloride, cognate primers, and a specific dual-labeled probe for fluorescent quantitation of each targeted paired decamer (
FIG. 10 ). - In some embodiments, molecular partitioning of components for digital PCR is achieved by means of microcompartments, effected through application of commercially available technologies, including, but not limited to, those marketed by Bio-Rad and RainDance Technologies as QX100 and RainDrop systems, respectively. In some embodiments, molecular partitioning of components for digital PCR is achieved by microfluidic chambers, effected through application of commercially available technologies, including, but not limited to, those marketed by Fluidigm (BioMark system).
- Each preparation of partitioned targets, primers, probes, and other amplification components is subjected to thermal amplification, such that specific fluorescent signal is generated where amplification of target occurs, where signals provide a digital measure of active compartments, and in turn quantitation of their encompassed individual target molecules. Compartment processing, fluorescent measurements and subsequent enumeration of target numbers is performed according to the manufacturers' specifications and instructions.
- The initial hybridizing specific CLOSE pairs are set up for multiplexing. In multiplex experiments, up to five separate pairs of specific CLOSE decamers are simultaneously added for hybridizing to the RNA or whole-cell lysate targets described above. The processing of the hybridizing sample and multiplexing CLOSE oligonucleotides proceeds as described above.
- The combined sample containing multiplexed chemically ligated pairs of CLOSE decamers (selected by hybridization) is split into separate assays for each specific target determination by digital PCR amplification and analysis. Distinct targets are specified by unique primer combinations and unique fluor probe labels.
- Multiplexing is performed at the hybridization level, but the digital PCR analysis is performed at a 1-plex level.
- The combined sample containing multiplexed chemically ligated pairs of CLOSE decamers (selected by hybridization) is analysed by multiplexed digital PCR, where in addition to the components specified above, each specific primer pair (defined for each CLOSE target), and each fluorescently labeled probe is also present.
- Each digital compartment contains multiple primers and probes, but where specificity within each compartment is generated by sequencing matching between primers and probes and the single CLOSE chemically ligated target molecule present in each case.
- The digital PCR amplification and analysis is as specified described above, with the additional feature of simultaneous analysis of multiple fluorescent signals, distinguishable by virtue of their separate emission wavelengths, in accordance with the manufacturers' specifications and instructions for instruments specified above.
- Multiplexing is performed both at the hybridization level, and the level of digital PCR analysis.
- Azide and alkyne-modified CLOSE libraries were hybridized with a cellular RNA target (MU89) at 32 C for 16 hours. Incubations were performed in 20 μl with 200 pmol of each CLOSE library (previously annealed with 2′-O-Me complementary oligonucleotides to their priming site regions), with 20 μg MU89 RNA or no-template control. All components were mixed prior to the incubation without a pre-heating step.
- Following the hybridization, each sample was treated +/− DNase I for 4 hours at 28 C, followed by phenol extraction, desalting (Bio-Rad P6 Spin columns in 10 mM Tris pH 7.4), and precipitation. After pelleting, washing, and drying, each sample was subjected to a standard THPTA-click reaction.
- Briefly, a premix of the following components was prepared with additions in the following order: 20
μl 70 mM Tris (3hydroxypropyltriazolyl methyl) amine (THPTA) in 0.155 M NaCl, 4 μl 500 mM Na-ascorbate in 0.155 M NaCl, 2μl 100 mM CuSO4 in 0.155 M NaCl, and 2.6 μl of this premix was then added to each of the tubes for the click reaction, such that the final volume was 50 μl in x1 phosphate-buffered saline. Tubes were incubated for 30 minutes/0 C (on ice), and then 2 hours/25 C. At the end of the incubation period, tube contents were desalted though Bio-Rad PC columns as above, and 0.5 μl of each ( 1/100) was subjected to PCR amplification with primers matching the CLOSE oligonucleotide priming sites. The PCR cycle used the touchdown amplification strategy, with final temperature of 60 C, and 22 cycles at the final touchdown temperature. - Products were analyzed on a 15% acrylamide gel (
FIG. 11 ;Lane 1, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase;Lane 2, CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template without DNase;Lane 3, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template+DNase;Lane 4, CLOSE oligonucleotides with no template and without DNase). Results showed presence of carry-over of CLOSE oligonucleotides irrespective of the presence of template (Lanes 2 and 4), but only in the presence of RNA template was a band observed post-DNase treatment (Lane 1 vs. Lane 3). The band in Lane 1 (amplified CLOSE oligonucleotides+RNA template+DNase) corresponding the expected size for a chemically ligated CLOSE dimer was excised and re-amplified with the original primers to increase the available yield. - Products were cloned with the pGEM-Teasy vector system (Promega) and individual plasmid clones were sequenced with primers upstream and downstream of the insertion point of the cloned fragments. Sequences were compared with the human transcriptome via BLAST searches. Of 31 clones analyzed, a number showed matches to specific cellular RNAs for ≥16/20 bases within the regions corresponding to the two decameric random regions of each monomeric CLOSE oligonucleotide.
- Expression of candidate cellular RNAs in the original MU89 melanoma cell source was tested by PCR with primers specific for each candidate RNA target. The following RNAs were expressed in MU89 and emerged as initial candidates for further CLOSE analysis: NOL9, OTUB1 (transcript variant 2), BRCA2, MAPKAPK2, and ALPK1 (
transcript variants 1 and 2). -
CLOSE oligos: 1) TRT-AK: (SEQ ID NO: 45) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCANNNNNNNNNNCMe - propargyl; 2) AZC-TRT-n2: (SEQ ID NO: 46) azide-dT NNNNNNNNNNAGGTGATAGGTGGAGGTGGTA-p; Primers for amplification of the ligated CLOSE oligos: 1) Trz.F: (SEQ ID NO: 47) CATCTCCACCTCCATAAC; 2) Trz.R-n2: (SEQ ID NO: 48) TACCACCTCCACCTATCACCT; Protector oligonucleotides with 2′-O-methyl backbones: 1) TrzFco-2OM: (SEQ ID NO: 49) UGGGUUAUGGAGGUGGAGAUG; 2) TrzR-n2-2OM: (SEQ ID NO: 50) UACCACCUCCACCUAUCACCU; - 3.2% polyethylene glycol 8000 (PEG), in the presence of 2M NaCl, was useful for removal of almost all unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides. Briefly, melanoma cell line MU89 RNA (9.0 μg; prepared by Qiagen RNAeasy protocol) was mixed with 200 pmol of CLOSE oligonucleotides (200 pmol each of oligonucleotides TRT-AK and AZ-TRT-n2 (see Example 8) preannealed with equimolar amounts of 2′-O-Me primer site-protecting strands (see Example 8), or 200 pmol of the same CLOSE oligonucleotides without any protecting strand pre-annealing. Each preparation (50 μl final volume) was constituted with 50 mM Tris pH 8.3, 2.5 mM EDTA, 2 M NaCl, 40 units murine RNase inhibitor (Promega), with 3.2% PEG added (4 μl) as the final constituent from a 40% PEG stock. After 30 minutes on ice, tubes were centrifuged 10 minutes/maximal speed in a microfuge (≥14 k rpm). The resulting supernatants were carefully removed and retained, and pellets redissolved into a fresh solution (50 μl) containing the same buffer, salt, RNase inhibitor, and PEG concentrations. After an additional 30 minutes on ice, tubes were centrifuged as before, supernatants removed and retained, and the final pellets re-dissolved in 50 μl TE.
- Samples of the final pellets and the first and second supernatants (5 μl, 1/10 of each) were tested on a 2% agarose gel (
FIG. 12 ). Results showed that the vast preponderance of (unhybridized) oligonucleotides were separated from the MU89 RNA and found in the first supernatants. - In another embodiment of CLOSE processing, a combination of a single PEG precipitation and DNase I treatment were effective for removal of the major portion of unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides. For this protocol, it is essential that the priming sites of the CLOSE oligonucleotides are protected from DNase I attack by hybridization with complementary 2′-O-methyl strands (as for Example 8). Hybridizations with target cellular RNAs (performed as detailed in Example 1; most commonly at 30 C) were subjected to precipitation with 3.2% PEG, using the same salt and buffer conditions as for Example 9. Following this, click reactions were performed (always with parallel controls of samples treated identically but without the click reagents) followed by desalting, using conditions as for Example 8. Then, DNase I treatments were performed at 28 C in x1 RQ DNase I buffer (Promega) for 4 hours. Samples were then phenol extracted, precipitated with 20 μg glycogen/0.3 M sodium acetate/3 volumes ethanol, pelleted, washed with 1
ml 70% ethanol, dried, and reconstituted in 25 μl TE buffer, prior to PCR analysis (as for Example 8). All treatments were conducted in the presence of 0.6 units/ml murine ribonuclease inhibitor (New England Biolabs) until the end of the DNase I treatment. This process as whole is schematically depicted inFIG. 13 . Results obtained were comparable toFIG. 11 , whereby the combination of the PEG/DNase treatments were effective in removing unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides. - Application of the CLOSE process requires certain definitions of specific potential sites when these are discontinuous in terms of primary target RNA sequences. L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides (
FIG. 1 ) form a 22-mer with an intervening CT sequence, either from contiguous hybridization sites, or sites which are proximally spatial but non-contiguous in target sequence (FIG. 14 ). With respect to the latter, the positioning of the hybridizing L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotides along the template is significant for the kinds of secondary structures which can result in site spatial proximities. Herein, the arrangement where CLOSE L- and R-oligonucleotides beareffector 3′ and 5′ ends facing towards each other (the conventional orientation for contiguous sites) is termed an “Endo” configuration; the opposite orientation (effector 3′ and 5′ ends facing away from each other) is termed an “Exo” configuration (FIG. 14 ). In many cases Exo configurations will fail to promote reactivity, since functional effector groups are not directed towards each other. However, positioning of target sites in the context of certain secondary structures may favor Exo over Endo configurations. This is the case when hybridization sites exist within target template loops of sufficient size, (FIG. 15 ) where Endo rather than Exo orientations are spatially separated. This was initially tested with model effector partials (short oligonucleotides bearing alkyne and azide click groups) and longer oligonucleotides designed to assume loop structures through internal regions of self-complementarity. Within the resulting loop structures formed, these oligonucleotides possessed complementary sites to the click oligos, arranged in either Exo (“Loop-Exo1”) or Endo (“Loop-Endo1”) configurations. Click oligonucleotides (50 pmol each for 5′-azide and 3′-linear alkyne labeled strands) and Loop templates (50 pmol) were initially annealed in 25 μl x1 M buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol) byheating 2 minutes at 80 C and cooling to room temperature. - Ten (10) μl from each annealing (20 pmol) were then subjected to Cu(I) click catalysis with THPTA, or in equivalent buffer lacking click catalyst. A premix of the following components was prepared with additions in the following order: 20
μl 70 mM Tris (3-hydroxypropyltriazolyl methyl) amine (THPTA) in 0.155 M NaCl; 4 μl 500 mM Na-ascorbate in 0.155 M NaCl; and 2μl 100 mM CuSO4 in 0.155 M NaCl. 2.6 μl of this premix was then added to each of the tubes for the click reaction, such that the final volume was 50 μl in x1 phosphate-buffered saline. - Tubes were incubated for 30 minutes/0 C (on ice), and then 2 hours at 25 C. At the end of the incubation period, tube contents were desalted though Bio-Rad P6 columns as above, and precipitated with 20 μg glycogen (Sigma). After centrifugation, pellets were washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and re-dissolved in 5 μl TE. Samples of each (1 μl) were run on 15% urea denaturing gels and stained with SYBR-gold. Results showed the expected click chemical ligation product arising from templating on the linear template (
FIG. 16 ;Lane 2, relative to the no-click control Lane 1). A corresponding click band was seen with the Loop-Exo1 (FIG. 16 ; Lane 4), but very little with Loop-Endo1 (FIG. 16 ; Lane 6), supporting the original prediction. An additional experiment showed that the Exo-configuration click activity was dependent on the loop secondary structure, by means of a control oligonucleotide where the self-complementary regions was replaced with minimally self-interactive sequence. Following annealing and click reactions carried out in the same manner as above, gel results showed a click product band from the Exo configuration with the self-complementary loop (Lane 4,FIG. 17 ) but no product when the self-complementarity was removed (Lane 6,FIG. 17 ). The Loop oligonucleotide inFIG. 17 (Loop-Exo2) differed from that used inFIG. 16 (Loop-Exo1) in terms of the positioning of the click-complementary sites relative to the self-complementary region: with Loop-Exo1, the click-complementary sites were 1 base from the self-complementary region; with Loop-Exo2, this was increased to 5 bases. Exo-click activity was nonetheless still observed. -
Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 16: 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGCMe - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 53) GAAATAGATGGTCCA|GCTGGACAAGCAGAA; Loop-forming template with complementary sites for click oligonucleotides configuration (‘Loop-Exo1’; 62-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 54) GCGCGCGCGCTGCTGGACAAGTCCTTTTTTCCTTTTTTCCTAGATGGTCCA TGCGCGCGCGC; Loop-forming template with complementary sites for click oligonucleotides configuration (‘Loop Endo1’; 62-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 55) GCGCGCGCGCTAGATGGTCCATCCTTTTTTCCTTTTTTCCTGCTGGACAAG TGCGCGCGCGC; Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 17: 5′-azide and 3′-alkyne oligos, and linear template: As for FIG. 16. Loop-forming template with complementary sites for click oligonucleotides configuration (‘Loop-Exo2’; 60-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 56) GCGCGCGCGCTCCTTGCTGGACAAGTTTTCCTTTTAGATGGTCCATTCCT GCGCGCGCGC Control oligonucleotide for Loop-Exo2, without self-complementary regions (‘Ctrl-Exo2’; 60-mer): (SEQ ID NO: 57) ACGGACTGCTTCCTTGCTGGACAAGTTTTCCTTTTAGATGGTCCATTCCTT CATCAAACC - Underlined sequences show the GC regions whose self-complementarity enables loop formation. Bold sequences show sites complementary to the
above click oligonucleotides - Additional tests were performed where sites complementary to click-labeled oligonucleotides (model effector partials) were rendered spatially proximal through the formation of a stem loop in the target template, such that the hybridization sites were outside of the loop itself. Template sequences for in vitro click reactions were designed such that stem loop structures will form at room temperature, along with appropriate control sequences lacking such structures, where the click oligonucleotides hybridize in the Endo configuration (
FIG. 18 ). - Click oligonucleotides (50 pmol each for 5′-azide and 3′-linear alkyne labeled strands) and various templates (50 pmol) were initially annealed in 25 μl x1 M buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol) by
heating 2 minutes at 80 C and cooling to room temperature. - Ten (10) μl from each annealing (20 pmol) were then subjected to Cu(I) click catalysis with THPTA, or in equivalent buffer lacking click catalyst. Click reactions were then performed in the same manner as for Example 11. Samples of each (1 μl) were run on 15% urea denaturing gels and stained with SYBR-gold (
FIG. 19 ). - Chemically modified oligonucleotides were prepared by TriLink (5′-azide oligo) or University of Wisconsin Biotechnology Facility (3′-alkyne oligo).
-
Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 19: 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGCMe - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 60) GAAATAGATGGTCCA|GCTGGACAAGCAGAA; Stem-adjacent: (SEQ ID NO: 61) AGATGGTCCA GTCGGCGCGCCTCGAAAACGAGGCGCGCCGAC GCTGGACAA G; Stem-x1 sym gap: (SEQ ID NO: 62) AGATGGTCCAT GTCGGCGCGCCTCGAAAACGAGGCGCGCCGACTGCTGGAC AAG; Stem-scrambled: (SEQ ID NO: 63) AGATGGTCCAGCCCCCAGGCCGCATACGACGGCTAGGGAGCGGCTGGACAA G. - Underlined sequences show the regions whose self-complementarity enables stem loop formation. Bold sequences show sites complementary to the
above click oligonucleotides - Pyrene excimer fluorescence can be used to demonstrate molecular proximity of CLOSE oligonucleotides on a target template, and thus serve as a means for validation of candidate targets. The following protocol for demonstration of specificity of pyrene-labeled oligonucleotides on DNA copies of Human Papillomavirus (HPV) RNA templates was used.
-
Pyrene oligonucleotides with 2′ O-methyl backbones: (SEQ ID NO: 64) PyeTO.1: 5′-pyrene-(C6)-UUUCUUCAGGACACAG; PyeTO.2: (SEQ ID NO: 65) UCCAGAUGUCUUUGC-(C6)-pyrene-3′; - 1 nmol HPV templates (10 μl) and 1 nmol each of PyeTO.1/PyeTO.2 (2 μl each) in 100 μl of x1 “P-buffer” (used as 10 μl of x10 stock: 200 mM Tris pH 7.4, 250 mM NaCl, and 50 mM MgCl2) were mixed and made up to 100 μl final. Tubes were prepared with 100 μl mixes with PyeTO.1/PyeTO.2 oligonucleotides and following templates (
FIG. 20 ): HPV-0, HPV-1, HPV-2, HPV-3, HPV-Scr (Randomly scrambled HPV template), and No Template.FIG. 21 shows PyeTO.1 and Pye TO.2 annealed on wild-type and mutant HPV templates. - Each were heated for 2 minutes at 80 C, and allowed to cool at room temperature. Tubes were centrifuged briefly and the contents added to each to 96 blackwell plates in 1:2 dilution series (50 μl each well final). Readings were taken with a Tecan spectrophotometer set for fluorescent measurement and for Becton-Dickinson 96-well black-sided plates. (Readings were set for 335 nm excitation/480 nm emission, with instrument-optimized fluorescent settings).
- Fluorescence was observed for excimer-based excitation and emission wavelengths, and only for specific templates. (Signals absent in scrambled and no-template controls). Although all HPV templates elicited excimer fluorescence, best results were seen with a 2-base offset between the 5′ and 3′-labeled oligonucleotides. See
FIG. 21 . - In order to facilitate the identification of CLOSE clones, software was developed (“CLOSE intersection analysis”) to work in conjunction with free online BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool) software, available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. This novel software was particularly needed for identifying non-contiguous CLOSE hits on a single template, for which BLAST alone is not well-suited. The basic strategy involves treating each sequenced L- and R-11-mer of a CLOSE dimer separately for the purposes of BLAST searching of the human RNA-Seq database. (This parallels the actual situation with hybridization of each L- and R-CLOSE oligonucleotide, prior to RNA template-directed chemical ligation). It is obvious that when searching with an arbitrary 11-mer sequence among human transcriptomic sequences, a significant number of random complete matches will be expected (a random 11-mer will be found on average every 4.106 bases), and many more will result if the stringency is reduced to less than perfect matching. (In practice, CLOSE ligations may tolerate a number of mismatches per oligo). These first sequences are set to bring up a maximum of 20,000 hits, which encompasses in practice hits equal to or greater than 8/11 matches. These separate hit lists (as XML files) are then scanned for common RNA-Seq file entries; thus finding files which intersect for their hit matches for specific L- and R-CLOSE clone sequences. Following this, the program performs a winnowing on the basis of strandedness. Only “plus/minus” hits are relevant in this context, and therefore all others are rejected. (The input CLOSE sequences are by default in the “plus” orientation; since complementary hybridizing sequences in target RNAs are sought, “minus” orientation hits are mandated). Ranking of hits is then performed at two levels: a match score for combined L- and R-searches (maximum 22 for perfect matching), and in addition a rank based on “N values”, where N=the distance between the 5′ end of the CLOSE-match sequence nearest the 5′ end of the target and the 3′ end of the CLOSE-match sequence most distal to the 5′ end of the target. While in principle RNA folding could bring sites into proximity that are very remote in terms of primary sequence, it was reasoned that low N values (closer in proximity) may be of greater frequency. (For fully contiguous sites, N=0). Representative software as a flow-chart is depicted in
FIG. 22 , and also illustrated inFIG. 23 . - An example of a CLOSE software intersection file hit was examined further. From an amplified CLOSE dimeric library obtained from MU89 melanoma cell RNA, one candidate was a transcript from the gene PLXNA3. In this case, the CLOSE L- and R-sites were in an Exo configuration, and the N value was only 24 bases. To investigate further, the same PLXNA3 sequence (as single stranded DNA) was tested as a model template in vitro, except replacing the CLOSE sites within PLXNA3 with the same modified click oligonucleotide 10-mers as used for Examples 11 and 12. These were placed into the flanking sequences derived from PLXNA3 in both Exo and Endo configurations. Such templates were annealed with the 10-mer click oligos, and subsequently treated with and without click-catalyzing reagents as for Example 1 (
FIG. 24 ). Results showed that click reactions occurred in either orientation. Thus, the observed CLOSE hybridizations in the Exo configuration were compatible with click reactivity in a model template. -
Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 24: 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGCMe - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear template: (SEQ ID NO: 60) GAAATAGATGGTCCAGCTGGACAAGCAGAA; PLXA3-Exo Model: (SEQ ID NO: 66) TTCTGGCTGGACAAG TCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCG AGATGGTCCAGA ACA; PLXA3-Endo Model: (SEQ ID NO: 67) TTCTGAGATGGTCCA TCAAGAACCCGCAGTTCGTGTTCG GCTGGACAAGGA ACA. - Bold sequences show sites complementary to the
above click oligonucleotides - The effect of excess target template on bimolecular effector partial assembly can be inferred from a priori reasoning (
FIG. 25 ), stemming from the predicted sequestration and dilution of effector partials upon excess target templates, reducing the frequency whereby two effector partials pair on the same template with concomitant directed templated assembly. This was initially tested using pyrene fluorescence (Examples 5 and 13) as a read-out for spatial proximity between oligonucleotides hybridizing to sites closely linked on an oligonucleotide template. Varying amounts of the template HPV-1 (wild-type;FIG. 20 ) were mixed with a constant 1 nmol of each pyrene-labeled effector oligonucleotide (PYE-TO.1, PYE-TO.2;FIG. 14 ), subjected to a 5 min/80 C heating and cooling to room temperature, and then read for fluorescence with a Tecan spectrophotomer (as for Example 13). Results showed a fluorescence peak at 1:1 molar ratio, followed by a linear decline as far as monitored (FIG. 26 ; at an 8-fold effector molar excess). - In an alternative test, templated in vitro reactivity between click-labeled oligonucleotides was used. In this case, an RNA oligonucleotide served as the template, since high concentrations of template would interfere with the gel-band assay read-out unless removed, and the RNA strands were readily removable by alkaline hydrolysis. The template oligonucleotide used in this case was an RNA version of the same linear DNA template as previously used (Examples 11 and 12). Click-labeled effectors as previously used (Examples 11 and 12) were used at 50 pmol each, and mixed with varying amounts of the RNA template bearing complementary sequences, in were initially annealed in 25 μl x1 M buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl2, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM dithioerythritol) Samples were heated 1 minutes at 70 C, cooled to room temperature, and treated with and without click-catalyzing reagents in the same manner as for Example 11, followed by desalting. Then all but a control sample were treated in 75 μl with 0.2 M NaOH for 20 minutes/70 C, neutralized with 1.2 M acetic acid (13. 5 μl) and 1 M Tris (3.8 μl) to a final volume of 100 μl. Samples were then ethanol precipitated (3 volumes) with 20 μg glycogen and 0.3 M sodium acetate. Following pelleting and washing with 70% ethanol, samples were redissolved in 5 μl TE. 1 μl of each of these preparations was denatured at 98 C for 5 minutes in 98% formamide, 10 mM EDTA, and run on 15% denaturing urea gels. Gel analysis showed that in the absence of alkaline hydrolysis, the RNA template was visible and had been effective in promoting click reactivity between the labeled oligonucleotides (
FIG. 27 ). In this experiment, MU89 RNA was included as a specificity control, and no templated effector assembly was found. A titration effect was also clearly demonstrable with the RNA oligonucleotide as template. Here optimal click product formation occurred at 10:1 template:effector ratio, but was almost absent at 100:1 template:effector ratio. This general trend was reproducible in subsequent tests. - It was notable that while the fluorescence-based assay gave peak activity at equimolar levels (
FIG. 26 ), the RNA-templated assembly was improved at higher template levels, up to at least as much as a 10:1 molar ratio (FIG. 27 ). It is very likely that this apparent divergence can be ascribed to the nature of the respective templates. In the pyrene-based assay, the DNA template has little propensity for formation of secondary structures, whereas the RNA template can form a small stem loop (FIG. 27 ). Moroever, RNA duplexes have increased thermal stability over cognate DNA helices. Thus, the annealing of the DNA oligonucleotide effectors with the RNA template competed with internal annealing of the RNA strand itself, resulting in an increased requirement for template over equimolarity in order to give optimal results. Even so, when the RNA template levels were high enough, the titration effect is evident, severly limiting the amount of product. Overall, the theoretical titration effect (FIG. 25 ) is clearly demonstrable with real experimental systems, but other factors in addition to effector/template ratios per se can influence the point at which template levels become counter-productive. - In turn, these results confirm that measuring the expression levels of candidate CLOSE targets is an important adjunct experimental goal (Examples 6 and 7).
-
Oligonucleotide sequences for FIG. 27: 5′-azide oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 51) azide-TGGACCATCT (click oligo-1); 3′-alkyne click oligo: (SEQ ID NO: 52) pCTTGTCCAGCMe - propargyl (click oligo-2); Linear RNA template: (SEQ ID NO: 68) GAAAUAGAUGGUCCA|GCUGGACAAGCAGAA; - Bold sequences show sites complementary to the
above click oligonucleotides - In contrast to the general CLOSE approach, Target-Directed CLOSE focuses on known tumor-specific transcripts. An expressed tumor-specific translocation is a good model for the this directed form of CLOSE technology, where both segments spanning the fusion junction correspond to normal transcripts. In such circumstances, a tumor-specific linear contiguous translocation is by definition restricted to the junction sequence itself. In contrast, folding of the transcripts (which are often very large) has the potential to produce multiple discontinuous sites that are unique to the translocation (shown schematically in
FIG. 28 ). These sites in term may be found by CLOSE analysis, with application as templated assembly targets. - The BCR-ABL translocation transcript has long been known as a marker and driver (via the expression of the fusion BCR-ABL kinase) of chronic myelogeous leukemias, and certain other transformed states. It is strongly expressed in the leukemic cell line K562, which was used in the experimental work for this Example.
- Whole cellular RNA from K562 cells was used to perform CLOSE analysis as for Example 1, and following the hybridization, unhybridized CLOSE oligonucleotides were removed according to the protocol described in Example 10. Amplified CLOSE chemically-ligated dimers (templated on global K562 RNA) were then used prepare single-strands corresponding to the same sense as the original CLOSE library oligonucleotides. To accomplish this, asymmetric PCR was performed with the top (desired) strand in a 10-fold excess over the bottom strand, which was also biotinylated. Following 35 cycles of amplification uder these conditions, all products bearing the bottom strand (whether complete duplexes or single strands annealed with the bottom primer or partial extension products) were removed on streptavidin magnetic beads. This process and its utility is shown in
FIG. 29 . - A single-stranded probe in the same sense as the original cellular defined RNA target is then necessary. Although the original CLOSE hybridizations are subject to RNA folding (thus enabling the juxtaposition of sites separated in terms of primary base sequence), it is not necessary that such structures be recapitulated for the Target-Directed CLOSE capture. While the L- and R-CLOSE sites may hybridize to discontinuous sites, all that is required is that either L- or R-regions bind to the capture probe (
FIG. 30 ). It is also not essential that the entire natural transcript sequence be used. In the case of BCR-ABL, it is considered essential to span the transcript breakpoint region, since CLOSE clones binding to both BCR and ABL are necessary to establish full tumor specificity, and with very long probes (within various isoforms, some >8 kb) the probability of selecting BCR- or ABL-restricted CLOSE clones increases. A DNA probe of 1338 bases (1338-probe) spanning the breakpoint was accordingly used (FIG. 31 ). - To render single-stranded in the correct sense, the 1338-probe was amplified from reverse-transcribed K562 RNA, with the bottom strand biotinylated. After binding the product to streptavidin magnetic beads, the desired top strand was obtained by denaturation with 0.1 M sodium hydroxide/5 mM EDTA (20 seconds), followed by rapid ethanol precipitation with 20 μg glycogen/0.3 M sodium acetate. After pelleting and washing with 70% ethanol, the single-stranded probe was dried and reconstituted in TE buffer.
- Single strands for both the 1338-probe and primary K562 RNA-selected CLOSE products were hybridized for 6 hours at 30 C, after which it is necessary to separate the unbound CLOSE fraction. Several options exist in this case. One non-limiting approach is to use agarose gels, including the PippinPrep apparatus (Sage Science). This is shown schematically in
FIG. 32A . Separation in such a gel system is facilitated by the large size differential between CLOSE dimeric oligonucleotides and probe sequence. The probe and hybridized CLOSE strands co-migrate; their mobilities may be identified by SYBR-gold staining following by band excision and nucleic acid elution. A mock band with the same mobility as the probe from CLOSE products lacking the hybridization probe may be included as a control (FIG. 32A ). - CLOSE products co-migrating with the probe are re-amplified, and used to prepare single-stranded material as above. This enables the Target-Directed CLOSE cycle to proceed with hybridization of first-round CLOSE selected single-stranded product with the same probe, with progressive enrichment of specifically-hybridizing sequences achievable with each cycle run. After at least two cycles, CLOSE products may be cloned and subjected to sequence analysis as above.
- Results after two such cycles showed that of 22 sequenced clones, 50% showed matches to both BCR and ABL sequences (the remainder showed matches to either BCR or ABL, but not both). Examples of clones with >8/11 matches for both L- and R-sequences are also shown in
FIG. 32A . Note that since the probe is a subsection of the entire transcript, and L/R sites may have hybridized to discontinuous segments of the latter, it is not necessarily the case that both will match with the probe sequence. However, by the same token, a necessary validation requirement is that at least one matching CLOSE sequence falls within the boundaries of the probe. Cited examples (FIG. 32B ) of candidates fulfilling this condition were discontinuous across the junction sequence, and exhibit the Exo-configurations, as defined above. - Separate populations of oligonucleotides with 5′-azide or 5′-cycloalkyne groups are synthesized, bearing random tracts with specific flanking sequences (depicted in
FIGS. 33A and 33B ). Folded RNA target structures may promote proximity between either 5′-5′ or 3′-3′ ends (FIGS. 34A and 34B ), enabling click reactivity to produce unnatural strand linkages (shown for 5′-5′;FIG. 35 ). Flanking sequences constitute priming sites at one end of each oligonucleotide (P1 and P2), and at the other ends, shorter regions (“adapting sites”; A1 and A2;FIG. 35 ) for enabling enzymatic rearrangements and dimer amplifications. Each adapting site contains a recognition site for a separate restriction enzyme (E1 and E2 ofFIG. 35 ), where the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation. Upon ligation of DNA ends produced by E1 and E2 cleavage, the resulting ligated E1-E2 product is not cleavable by either enzyme. Primer sites are designed to exclude the recognition sequences chosen for E1 and E2. - Since no form of 5′-5′ chemical ligation is directly readable by any nucleic acid polymerase, the manner of chemical linkage of 5′-azide or 5′-cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or alkyne groups to the
terminal 5′ nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms (FIGS. 36A and 36B ). In some embodiments, the azide group is linked to thenucleic acid 5′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the alkyne group through an appended hexanyl group. - Separate populations of 5′-azide and 5′-cycloalkyne-modified oligonucleotides of the above configurations are hybridized with whole RNA preparations from cells of interest, or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations. Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA. Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Following hybridization, proximity-induced spontaneous reactions between 5′-azide and strained 5′ cycloalkyne moieties, excess oligonucleotide removal, and desalting are performed. Preparations are then treated with RNase A and
RNase 1. Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and minority desired 5′-5′ reacted products. - All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double-stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Priming Site 1 (P1) and Adapting Site 2 (A2), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli, such that each new strand is extended as far as the 5′-5′ junctional point (
FIG. 37 ). - When directed cleavage of the extended duplex is effected, it is undesirable for sequences in the random regions to be cleaved through chance occurrence of restriction sites for the enzymes used for cleavage. In view of this, an alternative embodiment uses a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions. Cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used. Also, since hemimethylation should be prevented in adapting regions A1 and A2 where cleavage occurs, a 5′-phosphorylated strand complementary to region A1 is annealed with templates prior to extension reactions. (Adapting region A2 is kept unmethylated through priming from its non-methylated complementary strand;
FIG. 38 ). Since the complementary strand to region A1 should not be displaced during primer extension, a non-strand-displacing polymerase is used, such as T4 DNA polymerase (FIG. 38 ). The resulting nick between the 5′-phosphorylated complement to region A1 and newly extended strand is sealed with T4 DNA ligase (FIG. 38 ). - The resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E2 (
FIG. 37 ). In some embodiments, the enzyme E2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG. - In subsequent steps, the following conditions are imposed: a) Preserve the linkage information between proximally-hybridized sequences during the ligation-mediated rearrangement process that enables amplification; b) Maintain a microenvironment where cleaved sequences are in high concentration relative to each other, thus driving their religation; and c) Sequester unreacted strands into individually-isolated compartments, preventing their ligation-mediated reassortment that would give spurious amplification signals (signals which have not resulted from original click reactions driven by proximate templating). These conditions are achievable by means of in vitro compartmentalization.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 5′-5′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E2. Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al., 2009 (
FIG. 39 ). During the formation of water-in-oil microcompartments, the following components are present in excess, such that each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E1. Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment (FIG. 39 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well (FIG. 40 ). In some embodiments, the E1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme. - Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 5′-5′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment (
FIG. 41 ). Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment (FIG. 42 ). Compartments whose oligonucleotides were not initially chemically ligated into dimers (FIG. 39 ) cannot participate in this re-ligation/re-cutting cycle. - Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- Separate populations of oligonucleotides with 3′-azide or 3′-cycloalkyne groups are synthesized, bearing random tracts with specific flanking sequences (depicted in
FIG. 43 ). - Since no form of 3′-3′ chemical ligation is directly readable by any nucleic acid polymerase, the manner of chemical linkage of 3′-azide or 3′-cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or cycloalkyne groups to the
terminal 3′ nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms (FIGS. 44A and 44B ). In some embodiments, the azide group is linked to thenucleic acid 3′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the cycloalkyne group through an appended hexanyl group. - Separate populations of 3′-azide and 3′-cycloalkyne-modified oligonucleotides of the above configurations are hybridized with whole RNA preparations from cells of interest, or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations. Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA. Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Following hybridization, proximity-induced spontaneous reactions between 5′-azide and strained 5′ cycloalkyne moieties, excess oligonucleotide removal, and desalting are performed. Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and minority desired 3′-3′ reacted products.
- All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Priming Site 2 (P2) and Adapting Site 1 (A1), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli, such that each new strand is extended as far as the 3′-3′ junctional point (
FIG. 45 ). - When directed cleavage of the extended duplex is effected, it is undesirable for sequences in the random regions to be cleaved through chance occurrence of restriction sites for the enzymes used for cleavage. In view of this, an alternative embodiment uses a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions. In some embodiments, cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used. Also, since hemimethylation should be prevented in adapting regions A1 and A2 where cleavage occurs, a 5′-phosphorylated strand complementary to region A2 is annealed with templates prior to extension reactions. (Adapting region A1 is kept unmethylated through priming from its non-methylated complementary strand;
FIG. 16 ). Since the complementary strand to region A1 should not be displaced during primer extension, a non-strand-displacing polymerase should be used, such as T4 DNA polymerase (FIG. 16 ). The resulting nick between the 5′-phosphorylated complement to region A1 and newly extended strand is sealed with T4 DNA ligase (FIG. 46 ). - The resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E2. In some embodiments, the enzyme E2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-
base overhang 5′-CCGG. - In subsequent steps, the following conditions are imposed: a) Preserve the linkage information between proximally-hybridized sequences during the ligation-mediated rearrangement process that enables amplification; b) Maintain a microenvironment where cleaved sequences are in high concentration relative to each other, thus driving their religation; and c) Sequester unreacted strands into individually-isolated compartments, preventing their ligation-mediated reassortment that would give spurious amplification signals (signals which have not resulted from original click reactions driven by proximate templating). These conditions are achievable by means of in vitro compartmentalization.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 3′-3′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E2. Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al. 2009 (
FIG. 47 ). During the formation of water-in-oil microcompartments, the following components are present in excess, such that each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E1. Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment (FIG. 47 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well (FIG. 48 ). In this non-limiting example, the E1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme. - Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 3′-3′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment (
FIG. 49 ). Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment (FIG. 50 ). Compartments whose oligonucleotides were not initially chemically ligated into dimers (FIG. 48 ) cannot participate in this religation/recutting cycle. - Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- In some cases, it may be useful or even essential to screen for 5′-3′ proximal linkages with click groups that cannot be directly read-through by polymerases. At least two major factors are operative in this context: 1) If pre-activated click reactants (as with strained cyclo-octynes, for example) are used, the need for Cu(I) catalysis is circumvented; and 2) Pre-activated click reactants can be used for screening within living cells, which is difficult or impossible when the requirement for Cu(I) catalysis exists.
- Separate populations of oligonucleotides with 5′- and 3′-click groups are synthesized. Either (5′-
cycloalkyne plus 3′-azide), or (5′-azide plus 3′-cycloalkyne) sets of populations can be used, since there is no requirement for polymerase read-through. All oligonucleotides bear random tracts with specific flanking sequences (depicted inFIG. 51 ). Flanking sequences constitute priming sites at one end of each oligonucleotide (P1 and P2), and at the other ends, shorter regions (“adapting sites”; A1 and A2) for enabling enzymatic rearrangements and dimer amplifications. Each adapting site contains a recognition site for a separate restriction enzyme (E1 and E2 ofFIG. 51 ), where the recognition site for each is distinct, but where the overhangs produced after duplex cleavage with each are mutually compatible for ligation. Upon ligation of DNA ends produced by E1 and E2 cleavage, the resulting ligated E1-E2 product is not cleavable by either enzyme. Primer sites are designed to exclude the recognition sequences chosen for E1 and E2. - Since in Example 4, there is no requirement for 5′-3′ chemical ligations to be directly readable by any nucleic acid polymerase, the manner of chemical linkage of azide or cycloalkyne groups to the above oligonucleotides is not crucial, provided the site of stable chemical bonding between the active azide or alkyne groups to the terminal nucleic acid moiety is bridged by a spacer arm or spacer group of at least 6 carbon atoms (
FIGS. 52A, 52B, 52C, and 52D ). In some embodiments, the azide moiety is linked to either thenucleic acid 5′ end or 3′ end through reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimde, and the alkyne moiety to either thenucleic acid 5′ end or 3′ end in the form an appended cycooctyne group. - Separate populations of azide and alkyne-modified oligonucleotides of the above configurations are hybridized with whole RNA preparations from cells of interest, or alternatively whole cellular RNA-protein preparations. Hybridizations are performed with each oligonucleotide population in a 50:50 mixture with respect to each other by molarity, in a 10-100 fold excess over RNA quantities present, calculated by assuming an average molecular weight of the cellular RNA of 1500 bases, and with 1-10 micrograms of starting RNA. Hybridizations may be effected for periods of 2-16 hours.
- Click reactivity occurs directly as a consequence of accelerated reactivity between strained alkyne groups in close proximity with azides, obviating the need for Cu(I) catalysis.
- Given the circumvention of the Cu(I) catalytic requirement, labeled oligonucleotide populations may be introduced into living cells, for in cyto hybridization. Hybrid oligonucleotides are synthesized with nuclease-resistant phosphodiester backbones or sugar moieties, except where there is a need for restriction enzyme cleavage in order to effect the desired rearrangments that permit amplification (
FIGS. 53A and 53B ). All oligonucleotide termini (including those capped with click groups) are composed of modified segments. Where these constitute the A1 and A2 regions containing restriction sites (FIG. 51 ), the A1 and A2 regions with normal bases and backbones are extended by 3 bases with modified backbones to deter exonucleolytic attack. Modified segments of these oligonucleotides, include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-methyl-nucleotides and phosphorothioate nucleotides. - In some embodiments, partially nuclease-resistant oligonucleotides are introduced into target cells of interest by commercially available transfection reagents, including, but not limited to Lipofectamine and Fugene.
- Following hybridizations, the method proceeds as in Example 2 in terms of treatment with ribonucleases. In the embodiments where in cyto screening is used, cells are disrupted and subjected to treatments with both RNases and proteases. Protease treatments include, but are not limited to, Proteinase K. Following treatments, preparations are depleted of low-molecular weight products by gel size exclusion chromatography.
- Resulting preparations include excess unchanged oligonucleotide strands, through inability to react via lack of spatial proximity, and desired 5′-3′ reacted products. All resulting oligonucleotide strands are rendered double stranded. This can be effected by means of primers complementary to Adapting Site 1 (A1) and Adapting Site 2 (A2), and extending each with all four deoxynucleotide triphosphates and Klenow fragment of DNA Polymerase I of E. coli, such that each new strand is extended from, or as far as, the 5′-3′ junctional point (
FIG. 54 ). - In embodiments where modified nucleic acids are used for in cyto screening, the primer extension procedure is modified. Where ribose moieties are modified as 2′-O-methyl derivatives, reverse transcriptase enzymes may be used for extension purposes instead of Klenow fragment, using the same A1 and A2 primers as described above.
- When directed cleavage of the extended duplex is effected, it is undesirable for sequences in the random regions to be cleaved through chance occurrence of restriction sites for the enzymes used for cleavage. In view of this, a deoxynucleotide triphosphate mixture consisting of 5-methyl-deoxycytidine triphosphate, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, and thymidine triphosphate is used, such that duplexes hemimethylated for 5-methylcytosine are generated in the complements to the random regions. In some embodiments, cleavage enzymes that are sensitive to 5-methylcytosine hemimethylation are accordingly used. (Adapting regions A1 and A2 are kept unmethylated through priming from non-methylated complementary strands;
FIG. 54 ). - The resulting extended duplexes are then cleaved with an enzyme recognizing restriction site E2. In this non-limiting example, the enzyme E2 specifically corresponds to Age I, recognizing the sequence ACCGGT to produce a four-
base overhang 5′-CCGG. - In subsequent steps, the following conditions are imposed: a) Preserve the linkage information between proximally-hybridized sequences during the ligation-mediated rearrangement process that enables amplification; b) Maintain a microenvironment where cleaved sequences are in high concentration relative to each other, thus driving their religation; and c) Sequester unreacted strands into individually-isolated compartments, preventing their ligation-mediated reassortment that would give spurious amplification signals (signals which have not resulted from original click reactions driven by proximate templating). These conditions are achievable by means of in vitro compartmentalization.
- In vitro compartmentalization is effected by making water-in-oil microcompartments to encompass individual molecules from the population of unreacted oligonucleotides and 5′-3′ click ligated dimers, as rendered double-stranded, and cleaved with enzyme corresponding to site E2. Microcompartments are formed from reagent-grade mineral oil and detergents, with added desired internal components, under conditions of precisely controlled stirring as described by Davidson et al. 2009 (
FIG. 55 ). During the formation of water-in-oil microcompartments, the following components are present in excess, such that each compartment will receive the same buffer composition (50 mM potassium acetate, 20 mM Tris-acetate, pH 7.9/25 C including 1 mM ATP and 10 mM magnesium acetate ions), and at least one copy of the protein T4 DNA ligase and a protein restriction enzyme recognizing site E1. Since the microcompartments are in large excess of the molecular species present, on average only one ligated molecule is incorporated into each compartment (FIG. 55 ). Likewise, unligated fragments are partitioned into microcompartments as well (FIG. 56 ). In some embodiments, the E1 restriction enzyme is Xma I, recognizing the sequence CCCGGG to produce a four-base overhang 5′-CCGG compatible with Age I. Upon ligation of overhangs from Age I and Xma I cleavage, the resulting sequence is ACCGGG, cleavable by neither enyzme (FIG. 57 ). - Microcompartments are incubated for 2 hours/37 C, and then 2 hours/20 C. Within each compartment bearing an individual 5′-3′ chemically ligated dimer, cleavage with Xma I is followed by subsequent ligation with either another Xma I overhang (the reverse of the original cleavage) or ligation with the single Age I end present in the same compartment. Xma I-Xma I religations are recleavable by Xma I, but Age I-Xma I ligations are not, and thus inevitably become the predominant species in each microcompartment (
FIG. 58 ). Compartments with unreacted oligonucleotides are partitioned from other potentially ligatable molecules (FIG. 56 ). - Microcompartments are then disrupted by treatment with diethyl ether. Specific oligonucleotide pairs from the original random populations, selected by spatial proximity on RNA templates, are amplifiable by virtue of the rearrangement process described above.
- In another embodiment of Example 19, “communication” with microcompartments is effected by means of nanodroplets, as described by Miller et al., Nature Methods, 2006, 3, 561-570).
- It was desired to validate both the enzymatic rearrangement process and the ability of in vitro compartmentalization to contain a single molecular rearrangement, such that the information embodied in each CLOSE dimer is preserved. The most efficient way to approach this was with specific click-labeled oligonucleotides, whose sequences render them distinguishable from each other.
-
Oligonucleotide sequences (A-D) for Example 20: A. 5′ Azide (SEQ ID NO: 71) CTCCATAACCCATGG ACATGTACCGGTGATCC B. 5′ Hexynyl (SEQ ID NO: 72) GATCCCCGGGCTATG TCTAGAGGAGAAGGAGA C. 5′ Azide (SEQ ID NO: 73) CTCCATAACCCAA GGATCC TCACCGGTGATCC D. 5′-Hexynyl (SEQ ID NO: 74) GATCCCCGGGTACC GAGCATAGGAGAAGGAGA
where “Azide” indicates an azide group coupled via an N-hydroxysuccinimide intermediate, and “hexynyl” denotes an alkyne separated from the DNA carrier by means of a 6-carbon linear spacer. Underlined sequences indicate restriction sites: A, Nco I; B, Xba I; C, Bam HI; D, Asp718I. Bold sequences correspond to regions which are randomized in Examples 17, 18, and 19. Sequences CTCCATAACCCA (SEQ ID NO:75) and AGGAGAAGGAGA (SEQ ID NO:76): truncated forward (sense) and reverse (antisense) primer sites for amplification, respectively. - Model oligonucleotides A-D can be distinguished from each by restriction site digestion (as duplexes) or by PCR amplification with extended primers specific for each oligonucleotide.
- In the first stage of the model, all four possible azide-alkyne combinations of oligonucleotides A-D were mixed in high concentrations (10 pmol/μl; 50 μl volumes) and subjected to untemplated catalyst-assisted click reactions as for Example 1, with the same post-reaction desalting. When reactions were tested on denaturing acrylamide gels, a biphasic click-specific band pattern was reproducibly observed: a “top” band at higher apparent molecular (roughly twice the monomeric molecular weight), and a “bottom” band with slightly slower mobility than the original bands (
FIG. 59 ). Both top and bottom bands were purified by excision from preparative gels, with multiple lanes to avoid lane saturation (FIG. 59 ) were crushed and oligonucleotides allowed to diffuse out, followed by their precipitation and reconstitution. - At this point it was deemed necessary to test whether either or both bands could undergo the enzymatic rearrangement process which permits amplification (Examples 17, 18, and 19). Although performing this process in free solution does not preserve the information from each clicked molecule, the enzymatic requirements are constant, and success in this case also validates the rearrangement process itself. Samples of both Top and Bottom bands were initially rendered double-stranded with Klenow DNA Polymerase I fragment, dNTPs, and suitable primers:
-
Primers for rendering model or actual 5′-5′ library oligonucleotides double-stranded: E1-Ext: (SEQ ID NO: 77) GGATCACCGGT Trz.R: (SEQ ID NO: 78) GCCTCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCT - The double-stranded preparations were then treated with or without Xma I and Age I, and in turn with or without T4 DNA ligase. Following this, samples were amplified with the primers Trz.F (CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCA) (SEQ ID NO:79) and Trz.R (as above), and run on non-denaturing acylamide gels. Bands of the expected size (68 bp) were observed from both Top and Bottom preparations, but only after both restriction enzyme digestion and religation, fully in support of the planned rearrangement process (
FIG. 60 ). It was concluded that both Top and Bottom bands are rearrangeable 5′-5′ adducts, where the faster-migrating Bottom band is most likely a self-folded denaturation-resistant form. For the continuation of the model process, the Top bands were used. Although in lower evident yields than the Bottom bands, the Top bands were much more easily resolved from unreacted monomers. - Accordingly, samples of the four possible 5′-5′ adducts (
FIG. 59 ) were shown to be essentially pure on denaturing gels (FIG. 61 ). Samples of these (1 pmol) were extended with Klenow enzyme as above, and then tested with Xma I/Age I and religation with T4 DNA ligase. In addition to each adduct separately, two mixes of adducts with heterologous constituent oligonucleotides were also included in the rearrangement tests. These were adducts BH+FH (corresponding to 5′-5′ joins of original oligonucleotides A/B and C/D respectively) amd adducts DH+HH (corresponding to 5′-5′ joins of original oligonucleotides A/D and C/B respectively). After the enzymatic treatments, all adduct preparations showed amplificable material (with the same process and primers as forFIG. 60 ), but nothing was observable without enzymes (FIG. 62 ). - At this point, it was possible to use the model oligonucleotide detection system for evaluating the success of IVC in enabling molecule-specific rearrangements without loss of CLOSE information from unnatural chemical ligations. The principle of this system is depicted schematically in
FIG. 63 . Where specific 5′-5′ adducts are held in isolation, either in homogeneous solution or through successful microcompartmentalization, only one possible rearrangment product is possible. However, if different adducts of the same configuration are mixed (or if the IVC is inadequate), cross-overs between different adducts will occur during the ligation step, which will destroy the information contained in specific 5′-5′ CLOSE oligonucleotides. If PCR primers specific for each original oligonucleotide sequence (A-D) can be designed, then the amplification patterns with various primer combinations will directly report the state of adduct rearrangements. - Primers with the desired specificity were designed for the original click-labeled oligonucleotides A-D. Here specific primer pairs were intended to amplify only a particular direct (single-molecule) rearrangement, or a particular cross-over product. For example, for the BH adduct, after rearrangement, the desired primers would amplify only B-A sequence, and likewise for the BH adduct, correct primers should specifically amplify only D-C sequence. When the BH and FH adducts are mixed, two possible cross-over products can be formed: B-C, and D-A, for which specific primer combinations are also desirable. Note that within such mixtures, the “direct” products will be able to form as well as the cross-over products.
- Preparations of the BH and FH adducts were used after they had been rendered double-stranded, and subjected to the Age I/Xma I/DNA ligase treatment for rearrangment. These were performed as single adducts and as mixtures (BH+FH adducts) at high sensitivity. It was found (
FIG. 64 ) that the primer pairs designed to be specific for direct rearrangements of the BH and FH adducts were satisfactory (products seen only from homologous rearrangements, or from the BH+FH mixtures). Of the two possible cross-over primer pairs, one (for B-C cross-over) showed low but detectable cross-specificity (showing product with (BH alone), but the other cross-over primer pair (D-A) appeared to be highly specific (FIG. 64 ). This primer pair was according used further, since either pair is sufficient to demonstrate the presence of absence of cross-overs. - Oligonucleotides sequences for rearrangement and cross-over testing: These were extensions of the ‘general primers Trz.F and Trz.R (as above), which will amplify any combination of A-D rearrangements.
-
Primers specific for direct BH rearrangement: Trz.F + Te: (SEQ ID NO: 80) CACCTCCATAACCCATGGACA Trz.R + Ce: (SEQ ID NO: 81) CTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTCTAGACA Primers specific for direct FH rearrangement: (SEQ ID NO: 82) Trz.F + Ae: CCACCTCCATAACCCAAGGAT (SEQ ID NO: 83) Trz.R + Ae: TCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTATGCT Primers specific for BH - FH cross-over rearrangement #1 (B-C): Trz.F + Te/Trz.R + Ae (as above). Primers specific for BH - FH cross-over rearrangement #2 (D-A): Trz.F + Ae/Trz.R + Ce (as above). - Bold sequences correspond to the extensions beyond the 3′ ends of Trz.F and Trz.R.
- It was also desired to perform an additional control, where samples of separately rearranged BH and FH adducts were separately mixed just prior to PCR (This is distinct from reactions where the BH and FH adducts were mixed prior to the rearrangement process itself, where cross-overs are promoted, as shown in
FIG. 64 ). This second control set tests whether cross-overs can occur in this system through artefactual PCR effects. It was found (FIG. 65 ) that no such PCR-induced cross-over effects occurred. - With the primer specificity confirmed, the use of the model oligonucleotides for testing in vitro compartmentalization could proceed. Here, duplexed 5′-5′ adducts precut with Age I (Example 17,
FIG. 39 ) and Xma I/T4 DNA ligase/buffer/1 mM ATP were mixed with the necessary oil and surfactants for emulsion formation. (Precutting with Age I simplifies the enzymatic requirements for inclusion in the emulsion mixes). It was initially shown that both Xma I and T4 DNA ligase were active in 1×CutSmart buffer (New England Biolabs) in the presence of 1 mM ATP, which was thus used during in mixes for emulsion formation. If emulsions and compartmentalization are successful, no cross-over product should be detectable after rearrangements are allowed to proceed within the emulsions themselves, when both precut BH and FH adducts are present initially. - Emulsion mixes were prepared by the method of Davidson et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 2009, 24.6.1-24.6.12 with the exception that Triton-X100 was omitted. Emulsions themselves were generated in the following manner, always using positive-displacement pipettes (Gilson) for dispensing the viscous fluids: the emulsion mix corresponded to 950 μl mineral oil (molecular biology grade, Sigma), 45 μl Span-80 (Sigma) and 5 μl Tween-80 (Sigma). 50 μl mixes of Age I-precut adducts (in predefined quantities) or controls were prepared in x1 CutSmart buffer with 1 mM ATP, containing Xma I and T4 DNA ligase. (Enzymes were only added immediately prior to emulsion formation, and all preparations were kept chilled at 0 C on ice.) The emulsion mix was placed in a 13 ml tube (17×95 mm; VWR Scientific) and chilled prior to addition of a 9.5×9.5 mm spinbar (Fisher Scientific) and mixed in the 13 ml tube contained with an ice-bearing flask, and centrifuged with a Corning PC-410D stirrer at 1150 rpm for 2 minutes. Following this, the chilled adduct/buffer/enzyme mix (50 μl) was added slowly (10×5 μl aliquots) to the top of the spinning emulsion, after which the centrifuging was continued for another 10 minutes. In some tests, this was followed by an additional sonication step to homogenize microdroplet size. Five rounds of three-second mid-strength sonication bursts were used, with chilling of tubes between bursts. Then the emulsions were carefully transferred to 2 ml tubes, and incubated for 1 hour at 30 C; 4 hours at 25 C. Control reactions were prepared in 50 μl volumes, as above, but were not subjected to the emulsification process. At the end of the incubation periods, the emulsions were broken with diethyl ether. Initially 500 μl Tris-buffered saline was added to each tube (including non-emulsified controls, which were then maintained on ice), and then the following extraction procedure was used: 1×0.5 ml ether; 2×1.0 ml ether; 1×0.5 ml ether, with centrifugations of 2 minutes/13,000 rpm each time to separate phases. Materials in all aqueous phases (including non-emulsified controls) were then precipitated with 40 μg glycogen/0.3 M sodium acetate/3 volumes ethanol, washed with 70% ethanol, dried, and reconstituted in 10 μl TE.
- Tests were performed with inputs of 5.109 molecules each of BH and FH adducts (precut with Age I) as “high concentration”, and 108 molecules each as “low concentration”, each under enzymatic rearrangment conditions with and without emulsion-mediated compartmentalization.
- To enhance the sensitivity of detection, a nested primer strategy was used for analysis of products post-emulsification. A set of first round primers each 5′ to the above rearrangement-specific primers were used:
-
Trz.F + T: (SEQ ID NO: 84) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCAT (upstream of Trz.F + Te, sequence as above) Trz.R + C: (SEQ ID NO: 85) GCCTCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTC (upstream of Trz.R + Ce, sequence as above) Trz.F + A: (SEQ ID NO: 86) CATCTCCACCTCCATAACCCAA (upstream of Trz.F + Ae, sequence as above) Trz.R + A: (SEQ ID NO: 87) GCCTCTAAGTCTCCTTCTCCTA (upstream of Trz.R + Ae, sequence as above) - Results of such an experiment are shown in
FIG. 66 . As expected, even with the low-concentration adducts, in the absence of compartmentalization, both BH and FH rearrangement products were observed, along with cross-over bands (Lanes L-Ct,FIG. 66 ). High-concentration adducts subjected to both spinning and sonication for emulsification also showed clear-cut cross-over bands (Lanes H-Sc,FIG. 66 ). However, low-concentration adduct mixes, whether subjected to spin-only or spin plus sonication for emulsification, showed only direct BH and FH rearrangement product bands, with no evidence for cross-over. - It was concluded that:
- 1) the model system was a valid test for containment of the rearrangement process within in vitro microcompartments;
- 2) high amounts of adduct mixes can saturate the IVC process, allowing uncompartmented material to persist, and cross-over to occur; and
- 3) suitable amounts (108 molecules or less) of adduct mixes can be contained by the IVC and molecule-specific rearrangements can be detected.
- In the case of non-amplifiable 5′-3′ CLOSE joins (but not 5′-5′ or 3′-3′), an alternative strategy exists in addition to microcompartmentalization. Here the 5′- and 3′-ends of joined CLOSE single strands are defined sequences, whereby complementary oligonucleotides to each can anneal and, thus, provide 5′-overhangs for self-ligation purposes. (CLOSE clones with the terminal defined sequences are sufficiently long for self-circularization to occur). Upon enzymatic circularization, primers P1 and P2 (
FIG. 67 ) enable inverse amplification, including the information carried within the randomized regions (a specific sequence for each CLOSE clone). - The circularization must be performed at low concentration, to minimize the likelihood of inter-molecular ligations, as opposed to the desired intra-molecular circularization.
- Various modifications of the described subject matter, in addition to those described herein, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. Each reference (including, but not limited to, journal articles, U.S. and non-U.S. patents, patent application publications, international patent application publications, gene bank accession numbers, and the like) cited in the present application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Claims (25)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/887,497 US20210087612A1 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2020-05-29 | Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201462086658P | 2014-12-02 | 2014-12-02 | |
US201462086661P | 2014-12-02 | 2014-12-02 | |
PCT/US2015/063368 WO2016089958A1 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2015-12-02 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
US201715529807A | 2017-05-25 | 2017-05-25 | |
US16/887,497 US20210087612A1 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2020-05-29 | Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/529,807 Continuation US10704084B2 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2015-12-02 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
PCT/US2015/063368 Continuation WO2016089958A1 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2015-12-02 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210087612A1 true US20210087612A1 (en) | 2021-03-25 |
Family
ID=56092365
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/529,807 Active US10704084B2 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2015-12-02 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
US16/887,497 Abandoned US20210087612A1 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2020-05-29 | Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/529,807 Active US10704084B2 (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2015-12-02 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US10704084B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3227476B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6910295B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN107208313B (en) |
CA (1) | CA2968552A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016089958A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2950117C (en) | 2013-06-04 | 2023-02-14 | Tribiotica Llc | Methods and compositions for templated assembly of nucleic acid specific heterocompounds |
US10346358B2 (en) * | 2014-06-04 | 2019-07-09 | Waterline Data Science, Inc. | Systems and methods for management of data platforms |
CN107208313B (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2022-01-07 | 特里比奥迪卡有限责任公司 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
US11186839B2 (en) | 2016-11-21 | 2021-11-30 | Tribiotica Llc | Methods for preventing titration of bimolecular templated assembly reactions by structurally-determined differential hybridizations |
US11253536B2 (en) | 2016-11-21 | 2022-02-22 | Tribiotica Llc | Methods for directed folding assembly or dimerization of proteins by templated assembly reactions |
EP3697927B1 (en) * | 2017-10-19 | 2022-12-14 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital amplification assays with unconventional and/or inverse changes in photoluminescence |
CN108265117B (en) * | 2018-01-31 | 2020-09-01 | 南通大学附属医院 | BCR-ABL1 fusion gene e14a2 subtype plasmid candidate reference substance and preparation method and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1993020096A1 (en) * | 1991-05-08 | 1993-10-14 | Stratagene | Oligonucleotide libraries useful for producing primers |
US5514546A (en) | 1993-09-01 | 1996-05-07 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Stem-loop oligonucleotides containing parallel and antiparallel binding domains |
US5783683A (en) | 1995-01-10 | 1998-07-21 | Genta Inc. | Antisense oligonucleotides which reduce expression of the FGFRI gene |
US20020172965A1 (en) * | 1996-12-13 | 2002-11-21 | Arcaris, Inc. | Methods for measuring relative amounts of nucleic acids in a complex mixture and retrieval of specific sequences therefrom |
US5935791A (en) * | 1997-09-23 | 1999-08-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Detection of nucleic acids by fluorescence quenching |
US6287765B1 (en) | 1998-05-20 | 2001-09-11 | Molecular Machines, Inc. | Methods for detecting and identifying single molecules |
CA2403209A1 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2000-10-19 | Pavel V. Sergeev | Synthesis of biologically active compounds in cells |
US6379888B1 (en) * | 1999-09-27 | 2002-04-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Universal probes and methods for detection of nucleic acids |
US7256259B2 (en) | 2000-05-12 | 2007-08-14 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Methods for ligation of molecules to surfaces |
US7297494B2 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2007-11-20 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Activatable probes and methods for in vivo gene detection |
WO2004011486A2 (en) | 2002-07-26 | 2004-02-05 | Pierre Fabre Medicament | Method for solubilizing hydrophobic peptides and use thereof for inducing an antitumoral and/or anti-infectious ctl response |
ES2368215T3 (en) | 2002-10-30 | 2011-11-15 | Nuevolution A/S | ENZYMATIC CODING. |
US20050026178A1 (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2005-02-03 | Marit Nilsen-Hamilton | Allosteric probes and methods |
CN1833034B (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2014-04-16 | 埃克斯魁恩公司 | Probes, libraries and kits for analysis of mixtures of nucleic acids and methods for constructing the same |
EP1660679B1 (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2012-11-14 | Dynal Biotech Inc. | Self-hybridizing multiple target nucleic acid probes and methods of use |
EP1828381B1 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2009-01-07 | Peter Birk Rasmussen | Template directed split and mix systhesis of small molecule libraries |
CN100381460C (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2008-04-16 | 北京市肿瘤防治研究所 | HER-2 analogue antigen epitope and peptide containing said epitope |
US20060147963A1 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2006-07-06 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Detection of polynucleotides on nucleic acid arrays using azido-modified triphosphate nucleotide analogs |
ES2352509T3 (en) * | 2005-05-02 | 2011-02-21 | Baseclick Gmbh | NEW MARKING STRATEGIES FOR THE SENSITIVE DETECTION OF ANALYTES. |
US7795009B2 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2010-09-14 | Saint Louis University | Three-component biosensors for detecting macromolecules and other analytes |
EP3591069A3 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2020-03-04 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Methods and compositions for labeling nucleic acids |
WO2008029281A2 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2008-03-13 | Invitrogen Corporation | Labeling and detection of post translationally modified proteins |
US8114636B2 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2012-02-14 | Life Technologies Corporation | Labeling and detection of nucleic acids |
JP2009534342A (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2009-09-24 | サイレンス・セラピューティクス・アーゲー | Lipoplex formulation for specific delivery to vascular endothelium |
JP2009535323A (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2009-10-01 | サントル ナショナル ドゥ ラ ルシェルシュ シアンティフィク | Method for synthesizing oligonucleotide derivatives |
US7674924B2 (en) | 2006-05-22 | 2010-03-09 | Third Wave Technologies, Inc. | Compositions, probes, and conjugates and uses thereof |
EP2054514A4 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2009-11-04 | Univ Georgia State Res Found | Enzyme sensors, methods for preparing and using such sensors, and methods of detecting protease activity |
US20090197254A1 (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2009-08-06 | Ming-Chou Lee | Variant scorpion primers for nucleic acid amplification and detection |
US8410247B2 (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2013-04-02 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Water-soluble phosphinothiol reagents |
WO2010030683A1 (en) * | 2008-09-09 | 2010-03-18 | Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc | Methods of generating gene specific libraries |
FI20095302A0 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2009-03-24 | Arctic Partners Oy Ab | Luminesenssimääritysmenetelmä |
CN101538613B (en) * | 2009-04-28 | 2012-06-20 | 谭蔚泓 | Molecular probe related to disease and method for producing the same |
GB201001088D0 (en) * | 2010-01-23 | 2010-03-10 | Trillion Genomics Ltd | Detection |
US20130323729A1 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2013-12-05 | Olink Ab | Proximity Ligation Technology for Western Blot Applications |
US9732113B2 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2017-08-15 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Dendrimeric dye-containing oligonucleotide probes and methods of preparation and uses thereof |
CN105358984B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-18 | 普罗格诺西斯生物科学公司 | Methods for detecting peptide/MHC/TCR binding |
CA2950117C (en) | 2013-06-04 | 2023-02-14 | Tribiotica Llc | Methods and compositions for templated assembly of nucleic acid specific heterocompounds |
WO2015122835A1 (en) | 2014-02-13 | 2015-08-20 | Ge Healthcare Bio-Sciences Ab | Method for protein analysis |
CN107208313B (en) | 2014-12-02 | 2022-01-07 | 特里比奥迪卡有限责任公司 | Methods and kits for theranostic applications |
US10687542B2 (en) | 2015-09-18 | 2020-06-23 | Agrivida, Inc. | Engineered phytases and methods of using the same |
-
2015
- 2015-12-02 CN CN201580071031.9A patent/CN107208313B/en active Active
- 2015-12-02 US US15/529,807 patent/US10704084B2/en active Active
- 2015-12-02 WO PCT/US2015/063368 patent/WO2016089958A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-12-02 CA CA2968552A patent/CA2968552A1/en active Pending
- 2015-12-02 EP EP15865336.0A patent/EP3227476B1/en active Active
- 2015-12-02 JP JP2017529322A patent/JP6910295B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-05-29 US US16/887,497 patent/US20210087612A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
Litovchick (Artificial DNA: PNA & XNA 5, e27896; January; © 2014) * |
Percivalle(Org. Biomol. Chem., 2013, 11, 16) * |
Seckute (Nucleic Acids Research, 2013, Vol. 41, No. 15 e148) * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3227476A1 (en) | 2017-10-11 |
EP3227476B1 (en) | 2021-02-24 |
CN107208313B (en) | 2022-01-07 |
WO2016089958A1 (en) | 2016-06-09 |
JP6910295B2 (en) | 2021-07-28 |
CA2968552A1 (en) | 2016-06-09 |
CN107208313A (en) | 2017-09-26 |
US10704084B2 (en) | 2020-07-07 |
EP3227476A4 (en) | 2018-10-10 |
US20180023123A1 (en) | 2018-01-25 |
JP2018500892A (en) | 2018-01-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210087612A1 (en) | Methods And Kits For Theranostic Applications | |
US6235503B1 (en) | Procedure for subtractive hybridization and difference analysis | |
CN105705515B (en) | Transposase aptamers for DNA manipulation | |
US20230056763A1 (en) | Methods of targeted sequencing | |
CN111936635B (en) | Generation of single stranded circular DNA templates for single molecule sequencing | |
JP2021523704A (en) | Method | |
HUT66828A (en) | Single-stranded circular oligonucleotides | |
JP2020512845A (en) | Methods, compositions, and kits for preparing nucleic acid libraries | |
US20220275450A1 (en) | Method for conducting early detection of colon cancer and/or of colon cancer precursor cells and for monitoring colon cancer recurrence | |
CN109295055B (en) | c2C 2-based gRNA of tumor related mutant gene, detection method and detection kit | |
WO2019053132A1 (en) | Novel method for generating circular single-stranded dna libraries | |
US20230095295A1 (en) | Phi29 mutants and use thereof | |
WO2019053215A1 (en) | Hybridization-extension-ligation strategy for generating circular single-stranded dna libraries | |
CN114901303A (en) | Modified endonucleases and related methods | |
US20240271126A1 (en) | Oligo-modified nucleotide analogues for nucleic acid preparation | |
US20230122979A1 (en) | Methods of sample normalization | |
CA3242053A1 (en) | A method of capturing crispr endonuclease cleavage products | |
WO2023137292A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for transcriptome analysis | |
WO2023126457A1 (en) | Methods of nucleic acid sequencing using surface-bound primers | |
WO2022256228A1 (en) | Method for producing a population of symmetrically barcoded transposomes | |
CA3183405A1 (en) | Isolation and immobilization of nucleic acids and uses thereof | |
CN118318038A (en) | Improved library preparation method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: TRIBIOTICA LLC, WISCONSIN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DUNN, IAN;LAWLER, MATTHEW;REEL/FRAME:054732/0561 Effective date: 20171213 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |